Backhoe Loader310J and 310SJEngines 4045DT060, 4045HT054 …moffatpipe.com/Equipment-Manuals/BH 04 - JD310SJ/BH 04... · 2015-03-11 · BackhoeLoader 310Jand310SJ Engines4045DT060,

Backhoe Loader310J and 310SJ

Engines 4045DT060,4045HT054 and 4045TT094

*OMT210365* OPERATOR'S MANUAL

310J and 310SJ Backhoe LoadersEngines 4045DT060, 4045HT054

and 4045TT094OMT210365 ISSUE B3 (ENGLISH)

CALIFORNIAProposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituentsare known to the State of California to cause cancer,

birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

WARNING

The engine exhaust from this product containschemicals known to the State of California to causecancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm.

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

Additional Proposition 65 Warnings can be found in this manual.

Worldwide ConstructionAnd Forestry Division

LITHO IN U.S.A.

Introduction

DX,IFC7 -19-03APR09-1/1

VD76477,000104D -19-27JUN12-1/1

Foreword

READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operateand service your machine correctly. Failure to do socould result in personal injury or equipment damage.This manual and safety signs on your machine may alsobe available in other languages. (See your John Deeredealer to order.)

THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a permanentpart of your machine and should remain with the machinewhen you sell it.

MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in bothmetric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use onlycorrect replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and inchfasteners may require a specific metric or inch wrench.

RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined byfacing in the direction of forward travel.

WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (P.I.N.)in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately record allthe numbers to help in tracing the machine should it bestolen. Your dealer also needs these numbers when youorder parts. File the identification numbers in a secureplace off the machine.

WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere's supportprogram for customers who operate and maintain their

equipment as described in this manual. The warranty isexplained on the warranty certificate or statement whichyou should have received from your dealer.

This warranty provides you the assurance that JohnDeere will back its products where defects appear withinthe warranty period. In some circumstances, John Deerealso provides field improvements, often without chargeto the customer, even if the product is out of warranty.Should the equipment be abused, or modified to changeits performance beyond the original factory specifications,the warranty will become void and field improvementsmay be denied. Setting fuel delivery above specificationsor otherwise overpowering machines will result in suchaction.

THE TIRE MANUFACTURER'S warranty supplied withyour machine may not apply outside the U.S.

If you are not the original owner of this machine, it is inyour interest to contact your local John Deere dealer toinform them of this unit's serial number. This will help JohnDeere notify you of any issues or product improvements.

IMPORTANTWarranty will not apply to engine and drivetrain failuresresulting from unauthorized adjustments to this engine.

Unauthorized adjustments are in violation of the emissionsregulations applicable to this engine and may result insubstantial fines and penalties.

020113

PN=2

Introduction

VD76477,000104E -19-04JAN10-1/1

Emissions Control Warranty Statement—U.S. and Canada

TX1053039—19—19MAR10

020113

PN=3

Introduction

TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1

Technical Information Feedback FormWe need your help to continually improve our technicalpublications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail yourcomments, ideas and improvements.SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

18600 South John Deere RoadAttn: Publications, Dept. 324Dubuque, IA 52004-0538USA

FAX NUMBER: 1-563-589-5800 (USA)

Publication Number:

Page Number:

Ideas, Comments:

Name:

Phone:

Email Address:

THANK YOU!

020113

PN=4

Contents

Page

Safety—Safety And Operator ConveniencesSafety and Operator Convenience Features .....1-1-1

Safety—General PrecautionsRecognize Safety Information ...........................1-2-1Follow Safety Instructions..................................1-2-1Operate Only If Qualified...................................1-2-1Wear Protective Equipment...............................1-2-2Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......1-2-2Inspect Machine ................................................1-2-2Stay Clear of Moving Parts................................1-2-2Avoid High-Pressure Oils ..................................1-2-3Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ...............................1-2-3Work In Ventilated Area.....................................1-2-4Prevent Fires .....................................................1-2-4Prevent Battery Explosions ...............................1-2-5Handle Chemical Products Safely .....................1-2-5Dispose of Waste Properly ................................1-2-5Prepare for Emergencies...................................1-2-6Clean Debris from Machine...............................1-2-6

Safety—Operating PrecautionsUse Steps and Handholds Correctly .................1-3-1Start Only From Operator's Seat .......................1-3-1Use and Maintain Seat Belt ...............................1-3-1Prevent Unintended Machine Movement ..........1-3-1Prevent Unintended Machine

Movement—If Equipped With PilotControls.........................................................1-3-2

Avoid Work Site Hazards...................................1-3-2Keep Riders Off Machine ..................................1-3-3Avoid Backover Accidents .................................1-3-3Avoid Machine Tipover ......................................1-3-3Add and Operate Attachments Safely ...............1-3-4Use Special Care When Operating ...................1-3-4Operating or Traveling On Public Roads...........1-3-4Inspect and Maintain ROPS ..............................1-3-5

Safety—Maintenance PrecautionsPark and Prepare for Service Safely .................1-4-1Service Cooling System Safely .........................1-4-1Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating.........1-4-2Make Welding Repairs Safely ...........................1-4-2Drive Metal Pins Safely .....................................1-4-2Service Tires Safely...........................................1-4-3

Page

Safety—Safety SignsSafety Signs ......................................................1-5-1Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If Equipped) ..1-5-3Replace Safety Signs ........................................1-5-4

Operation—Operator’s StationPedals and Levers.............................................2-1-1Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With

Pilot Controls.................................................2-1-1Fire Extinguisher Location.................................2-1-1Standard Display Monitor (SDM).......................2-1-2Standard Display Functions...............................2-1-3Anti-Theft Security System Configuration..........2-1-4Anti-Theft Security System Operation ...............2-1-6Standard Display Monitor

(SDM)—Normal Display................................2-1-7Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Monitor Messages.........................................2-1-8Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main Menu....2-1-8Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main

Menu—Codes ...............................................2-1-9Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main

Menu—Monitor............................................2-1-10Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main

Menu—Job Timer........................................2-1-11Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main

Menu—Settings...........................................2-1-11Right-Side Console Functions .........................2-1-12Controls—Steering Console ............................2-1-14Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If

Equipped .....................................................2-1-15Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped.................2-1-15Engine Speed Control Knob............................2-1-16Horn Button .....................................................2-1-16Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner

Controls—If Equipped .................................2-1-17Side Windows—Secondary Exits ....................2-1-18Rear Windows .................................................2-1-18Adjusting Seat .................................................2-1-19Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped ..........2-1-2012-Volt Accessory Outlets ...............................2-1-21

Operation—Operating The MachineInspect Machine Daily Before Starting ..............2-2-1Check Instruments Before Starting....................2-2-2Engine Break-In Period .....................................2-2-3

Continued on next page

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in thismanual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication.

The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.COPYRIGHT © 2013DEERE & COMPANY

Moline, IllinoisAll rights reserved.

A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ® ManualPrevious Editions

Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012

i 020113

PN=1

Contents

Page

Starting the Engine............................................2-2-3Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start

Aid—If Equipped ...........................................2-2-4Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped ..................2-2-5Warm-Up ...........................................................2-2-5Cold Weather Warm-Up ....................................2-2-6Ride Control Operation—If Equipped................2-2-6Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped ................2-2-7Driving the Machine...........................................2-2-7Cruise Control....................................................2-2-9Operating Stabilizers .........................................2-2-9Operating Boom Lock......................................2-2-10Operating Swing Lock .....................................2-2-11Operating Swing Lock Pin ...............................2-2-11Operating Backhoe—John Deere

Two-Lever Controls .....................................2-2-12Operating Backhoe—Excavator

Two-Lever Controls .....................................2-2-13Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot

Controls.......................................................2-2-14Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot

Controls.......................................................2-2-15Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If

Equipped .....................................................2-2-16Operating Extendible Dipperstick With

Attachments ................................................2-2-17Operating Extendible Dipperstick

Lock—If Equipped.......................................2-2-17Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic

Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped.......2-2-18Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic

Functions—If Equipped...............................2-2-19Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped.......2-2-20Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped ......2-2-21Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped .........2-2-22Operating Loader.............................................2-2-23Operating Differential Lock ..............................2-2-24Operating Mechanical Front Wheel

Drive (MFWD)—If Equipped .......................2-2-24Lifting...............................................................2-2-25Parking the Machine........................................2-2-25Loading Machine on a Trailer ..........................2-2-26Towing .............................................................2-2-27

Maintenance—MachineDiesel Fuel.........................................................3-1-1Lubricity of Diesel Fuel ......................................3-1-1Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel ......................3-1-2Biodiesel Fuel ....................................................3-1-3Testing Diesel Fuel ............................................3-1-4Minimizing the Effect of Cold Weather

on Diesel Engines .........................................3-1-5Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants .................3-1-6Diesel Engine Break-In™ Oil.............................3-1-6Diesel Engine Oil—Tier 2 and Stage II

Engines .........................................................3-1-7Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service

Intervals—Tier 2/Stage II Engine ..................3-1-8

Page

Diesel Engine Oil—Tier 3 and Stage IIIA Engines......................................................3-1-9

Diesel Engine Oil and Filter ServiceIntervals—Tier 3/Stage III A Engine ............3-1-10

Transmission, Axles, and MechanicalFront Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil ...................3-1-11

Hydraulic Oil ....................................................3-1-11Grease.............................................................3-1-12Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant .................3-1-12Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine Coolant........3-1-13John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Coolant

Extender......................................................3-1-13Supplemental Coolant Additives......................3-1-14Operating in Warm Temperature Climates ......3-1-14Additional Information About Diesel

Engine Coolants and John DeereCOOL-GARD™ II Coolant Extender ...........3-1-15

Testing Diesel Engine Coolant.........................3-1-16

Maintenance—Periodic MaintenanceService Machine at Specified Intervals..............3-2-1Check Hour Meter Regularly .............................3-2-1Prepare Machine for Maintenance ....................3-2-1Engine Identification ..........................................3-2-2Loader Boom Service Lock ...............................3-2-5Opening and Closing Engine Hood ...................3-2-5Fuel Tank...........................................................3-2-5Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and

3-Way Coolant Test Kit..................................3-2-6Service Intervals ................................................3-2-7Required Parts...................................................3-2-9

Maintenance—As RequiredCheck Tire Pressure..........................................3-3-1Tire Inflation Pressures......................................3-3-2Check Wheel Fasteners ....................................3-3-4Clean Cab Air Filters—If Equipped....................3-3-4Drain Water and Sediment from Water

Separator ......................................................3-3-6Drain Auxiliary Water Separator Fuel

Filter—If Equipped ........................................3-3-6Clean or Replace Air Cleaner

Elements—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine..............3-3-7Clean or Replace Air Cleaner

Elements—Tier 2/Stage II Engine .................3-3-8Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If

Equipped .......................................................3-3-8Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel

Bearings—If Equipped ..................................3-3-9Check Coolant .................................................3-3-10

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or DailyCheck Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level .................3-4-1Check Engine Oil Level .....................................3-4-2Check Coolant Level .........................................3-4-3Inspect Fuel Water Sediment Bowls..................3-4-4Grease Loader Pivots........................................3-4-5


ii 020113

PN=2

Contents

Page

Grease Multipurpose Bucket Pivots—IfEquipped .......................................................3-4-6

Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins .......3-4-6Grease Backhoe Boom, Crowd

Cylinders and Pivots .....................................3-4-7Grease Backhoe Bucket Cylinder and Pivots....3-4-8Grease Backhoe Swing Cylinder and Pivots .....3-4-8Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped.....3-4-9Grease Non-Powered Front Axle

Steering Pivots—If Equipped ........................3-4-9Grease MFWD Front Axle and

Universal Joints—If Equipped .......................3-4-9Grease Backhoe Coupler Mechanical

Jack—If Equipped .......................................3-4-10Grease Front Axle Pivot Pin ............................3-4-10

Maintenance—Every 50 HoursCheck Transmission Oil Level ...........................3-5-1Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings—If

Equipped .......................................................3-5-1

Maintenance—Initial Service—250 HoursChange Engine Break-In Oil and

Replace Filter ................................................3-6-1

Maintenance—Every 250 HoursCheck MFWD Planetary Housing

Oil—If Equipped ............................................3-7-1Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped .......3-7-1Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals ..3-7-2Check Rear Axle Oil Level.................................3-7-4Take Engine Oil Sample ....................................3-7-4

Maintenance—Every 500 HoursCheck Air Intake Hose.......................................3-8-1Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque .....3-8-1Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment................3-8-2Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter ..............3-8-3Replace Primary and Final Fuel

Filters—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine...................3-8-4Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2/Stage II Engine ......3-8-5Replace Auxiliary Water Separator

Fuel Filter—If Equipped ................................3-8-5Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation

Tube—Tier 2/Stage II Engine........................3-8-6Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation

Tube—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine ....................3-8-6Take Fluid Samples ...........................................3-8-6

Maintenance—Every 1000 HoursClean, Pack, and Adjust Non-Powered

Front Wheel Bearings—If Equipped..............3-9-1Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather ..............3-9-2Replace Engine Air Cleaner

Elements—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine..............3-9-3Replace Engine Air Cleaner

Elements—Tier 2/Stage II Engine .................3-9-4

Page

Replace Cab Air Filters......................................3-9-4Inspect Belt........................................................3-9-5Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter ...............................3-9-6Replace Fuel Breather.......................................3-9-6Change Transmission Oil and Replace Filter ....3-9-7Check Coolant ...................................................3-9-8

Maintenance—Every 2000 HoursAdjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) ............3-10-1Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil ......................3-10-1Change MFWD Planetary Housing

Oil—If Equipped ..........................................3-10-2Change MFWD Front Axle Housing

Oil—If Equipped ..........................................3-10-2Change Rear Axle and Planetary

Housing Oil..................................................3-10-3Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir

Fill Screen ...................................................3-10-4

Maintenance—Every 6000 HoursDraining the Cooling System—Tier

3/Stage IIIA Engine .....................................3-11-1Draining the Cooling System—Tier

2/Stage II Engine.........................................3-11-2Filling the Cooling System—Tier

3/Stage IIIA Engine .....................................3-11-3Filling the Cooling System—Tier

2/Stage II Engine.........................................3-11-4

Miscellaneous—MachineExternal Service Brake Inspection.....................4-1-1Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock ............4-1-2Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty

Secondary and Primary Element ..................4-1-3Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped .................4-1-3Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator .............4-1-4Do Not Service or Adjust Injection

Nozzles or Injection Pump ............................4-1-5Precautions for Alternator and Regulator ..........4-1-5Using Battery Charger .......................................4-1-6Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System.........4-1-6Handling, Checking and Servicing

Batteries Carefully.........................................4-1-7Replacing Batteries ...........................................4-1-8Removing Batteries ...........................................4-1-9JDLink™ Machine Monitoring System

(MMS)—If Equipped......................................4-1-9Replacing Fuses................................................4-1-9Remove and Install Halogen Bulb ...................4-1-13Checking Starting System ...............................4-1-14Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped..........4-1-14Changing Loader Buckets ...............................4-1-15Adding Front Counterweights ..........................4-1-16Reversing Stabilizer Feet ................................4-1-16Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires.................4-1-17Welding On Machine .......................................4-1-17Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If

Equipped .....................................................4-1-18


iii 020113

PN=3

Contents

Page

Discharge Ride Control SystemHydraulic Pressure—If Equipped ................4-1-19

Discharge Pilot Control SystemHydraulic Pressure—If Equipped ................4-1-19

Lowering Boom Without ElectricalPower—For Machines With Pilot Controls ..4-1-20

Check Park Brake............................................4-1-20Bleeding Fuel System......................................4-1-21Brake Bleeding Procedure...............................4-1-22Service Recommendations For

Snap-To-Connect (STC®) Fittings ..............4-1-24Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—If

Equipped .....................................................4-1-25Toe-In Check and Adjust .................................4-1-26Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket.................4-1-27Do Not Service Control Valves,

Cylinders, Pumps or Motors........................4-1-27Keep ROPS Installed Properly ........................4-1-28Hardware Torque Specifications......................4-1-28Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values.....4-1-29Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values..............4-1-30Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock.................4-1-30

Miscellaneous—Operational CheckoutOperational Checkout Procedure ......................4-2-1

Miscellaneous—TroubleshootingTroubleshooting Procedure ...............................4-3-1Engine ...............................................................4-3-2Electrical System...............................................4-3-5Steering System ................................................4-3-9Hydraulic System.............................................4-3-10Transmission ...................................................4-3-12MFWD .............................................................4-3-12Rear Axle.........................................................4-3-13Air Conditioning ...............................................4-3-14

Miscellaneous—StoragePrepare Machine for Storage ............................4-4-1Monthly Storage Procedure...............................4-4-1

Miscellaneous—Machine NumbersRecord Product Identification Number (PIN) .....4-5-1Record Engine Serial Number...........................4-5-1Record Transmission Serial Number.................4-5-1Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number ........4-5-2Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

(MFWD) Front Axle Housing SerialNumber—If Equipped....................................4-5-2

Keep Proof of Ownership ..................................4-5-2Keep Machines Secure .....................................4-5-3

Miscellaneous—SpecificationsTravel Speeds ...................................................4-6-1Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities .....4-6-1310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions....................4-6-2310J Backhoe Loader Specifications ................4-6-6310J Backhoe Loader Weight ...........................4-6-7310J Buckets .....................................................4-6-7

Page

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Standard Dipperstick ................4-6-8

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted) ....................................................4-6-8

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended).....................................................4-6-9

310SJ Dimensions...........................................4-6-10310SJ Backhoe Loader Weight .......................4-6-14310SJ Buckets.................................................4-6-15310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Standard Dipperstick ..............4-6-15310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting

Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted) ..................................................4-6-16

310SJ Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended)...................................................4-6-16

iv 020113

PN=4

Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences

VD76477,000126F -19-14JUL09-1/1

Safety and Operator Convenience Features

12 3

5

6

13

12

11

14

15

17

16

10 9

87

4

T145296 T145296—UN—05SEP01

Please remember, the operator is the key to preventingaccidents.

1. Headlights/Taillights. Two front halogen driving/worklights and two rear halogen work lights.

2. Signal/Warning Lights. Roof mounted turning signallights and warning lights for on-road use.

3. ROPS Protection. Certified rollover protectionstructure surrounds the operator. Integral roofprovides overhead protection.

4. Seat Position Sensor. An audio/visual warning alertsoperator when transmission control lever (TCL) isin forward/reverse and the seat turned toward thebackhoe position.

5. Interior Rearview Mirror. Offers the operator a viewof activity behind him.

6. Handholds. Large and conveniently placedhandholds, make it easy to enter or exit the operator'sstation.

7. Loader Boom Service Lock. Provided for working onor around this machine with the boom raised.

8. Engine Fan Guard. A secondary engine fan guardinside engine compartment encloses rotating fanblades.

9. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the startersolenoid helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.

10.Ground-Level Fueling, Daily Service Checks.Ground-level fueling feature eliminates the need toclimb on the machine to fuel it.

11. Steps. Wide, skid-resistant steps provide excellentfooting for getting in/out of operator's station.

12. Independent Parking/Secondary Brake.Independent, electrically controlled, parking brakeelectrically engages when the engine is stopped.

13.Neutral Start. The machine will not move until theTransmission Control Lever (TCL) is cycled back toneutral and the park brake is released, regardless ofTCL position at startup.

14.Backup Alarm. Alerts bystanders when the machineis shifted into reverse.

15. Seat Belt Retractors. Seat belt retractors help keepbelts clean and convenient to use.

16. Exceptional Visibility. Views to either side and frontor rear working tools are unrestricted.

17.Operator Manual Holder. A sealed manual holderkeeps manual clean and dry.

1-1-1 020113

PN=9

Safety—General Precautions

TX03679,00016CC -19-05FEB10-1/1

DX,READ -19-16JUN09-1/1

TX03679,00016FA -19-03JAN07-1/1

Recognize Safety InformationThis is the safety alert symbol. When you see thissymbol on your machine or in this manual, be alertfor the potential of personal injury.

Follow the precautions and safe operating practiceshighlighted by this symbol.

A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION —is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifiesthe most serious hazards.

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs areyellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located nearspecific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTIONlabels.

T133555—UN—28AUG00

T133588—19—28AUG00

Follow Safety InstructionsCarefully read all safety messages in this manual and onyour machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in goodcondition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Besure new equipment components and repair parts includethe current safety signs. Replacement safety signs areavailable from your John Deere dealer.

There can be additional safety information contained onparts and components sourced from suppliers that is notreproduced in this operator's manual.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controlsproperly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition.Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair thefunction and/or safety and affect machine life.

TS201—UN—23AUG88

If you do not understand any part of this manual and needassistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

Operate Only If Qualified

Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manualhas been read carefully, and you have been qualified bysupervised training and instruction.

Operator should be familiar with the job site andsurroundings before operating. Try all controls and

machine functions with the machine in an open areabefore starting to work.

Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to everywork situation and work site.

1-2-1 020113

PN=10


OUT4001,0000570 -19-12FEB10-1/1

AM40430,00000A9 -19-20AUG09-1/1

TX03679,0001734 -19-08JAN08-1/1

TX03679,00016D2 -19-08JAN08-1/1

Wear Protective EquipmentGuard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris;wear goggles or safety glasses.

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipmentappropriate to the job.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention ofthe operator. Do not wear radio or music headphoneswhile operating machine.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairmentor loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection suchas earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable oruncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphonesare not suitable to use for hearing protection.


Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deerereplacement parts to ensure machine performance.Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternateparts not intended for the application as these cancreate hazardous situations or hazardous performance.Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or failures resultingfrom their use are not covered by any John Deere warranty.

Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapprovedproducts or attachments, may affect machine stability or

reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator orothers near the machine. The installer of any modificationwhich may affect the electronic controls of this machine isresponsible for establishing that the modification does notadversely affect the machine or its performance.

Always contact an authorized dealer before makingmachine modifications that change the intended use,weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machinecontrols, performance or reliability.

Inspect MachineInspect machine carefully each day by walking around itbefore starting.

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properlyinstalled. Fix damage and replace worn or broken partsimmediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses andelectrical wiring.

T6607A

Q—UN—18OCT88

Stay Clear of Moving PartsEntanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintainingany part of machine with moving parts.

Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guardor shield that has been removed for access as soon asservice or repair is complete. T1

33592—UN—12SEP01

1-2-2 020113

PN=11


TX03679,00016D3 -19-03NOV08-1/1

DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure OilsThis machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnectinglines or working on hydraulic system.

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctorimmediately. Injected oil must be removed surgicallywithin hours or gangrene may result. Contact aknowledgeable medical source or the Deere & CompanyMedical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509—UN—17MAR06

T133840—UN—20SEP00

Avoid High-Pressure FluidsInspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least onceper year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion,blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signsof wear or damage.

Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediatelywith John Deere approved replacement parts.

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten allconnections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect handsand body from high-pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluidinjected into the skin must be surgically removed withina few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar

X9811

—UN—23AUG88

with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeablemedical source. Such information is available inEnglish from Deere & Company Medical Department inMoline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1309-748-5636.

1-2-3 020113

PN=12


DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

TX03679,00016F5 -19-26JUN09-1/1

Work In Ventilated AreaEngine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. Ifit is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area,remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaustpipe extension.

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open thedoors and get outside air into the area.


Prevent FiresHandle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away fromfire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or whennear sparks or flame.

Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, greaseand oil from accumulating in engine compartment, aroundfuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components andelectrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammablematerials inside a machine compartment.

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hosesimmediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oilspills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequentlyfor damage.

Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep amulti-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.Know how to use extinguisher properly.

T133552—UN—14SEP00

T133553 —UN—07SEP00

T133554 —UN—07SEP00

1-2-4 020113

PN=13


DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1

DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1

DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1

Prevent Battery ExplosionsKeep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away fromthe top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal objectacross the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warmbattery to 16°C (60°F).


Handle Chemical Products SafelyDirect exposure to hazardous chemicals can causeserious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used withJohn Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,coolants, paints, and adhesives.

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specificdetails on chemical products: physical and health hazards,safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.

Check the MSDS before you start any job using ahazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly whatthe risks are and how to do the job safely. Then followprocedures and recommended equipment.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemicalproducts used with John Deere equipment.)

TS1132

—UN—26NOV90

Dispose of Waste ProperlyImproperly disposing of waste can threaten theenvironment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste usedwith John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not usefood or beverage containers that may mislead someoneinto drinking from them.

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air candamage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulationsmay require a certified air conditioning service center torecover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of wastefrom your local environmental or recycling center, or fromyour John Deere dealer.

TS1133

—UN—26NOV90

1-2-5 020113

PN=14


DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

OUT4001,00000E3 -19-20AUG09-1/1

Prepare for EmergenciesBe prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,hospital, and fire department near your telephone.


Clean Debris from MachineKeep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydrauliclines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator'sstation clean and free of debris.

Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces.

Temperature in engine compartment may go upimmediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARDFOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.

Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and cleanengine compartment. T6

669A

G—UN—18OCT88

1-2-6 020113

PN=15

Safety—Operating Precautions

TX03679,00016F2 -19-12FEB07-1/1

TX03679,0001799 -19-22APR10-1/1

TX03679,00016DD -19-19MAR07-1/1

VD76477,0001204 -19-02FEB07-1/1

Use Steps and Handholds CorrectlyPrevent falls by facing the machine when you get on andoff. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.Never use machine controls as handholds.

Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture presentslippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of greaseor oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount ordismount a moving machine. T1

33468—UN—30AUG00

Start Only From Operator's SeatAvoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine onlywhile sitting in operator's seat. Ensure all controls andworking tools are in proper position for a parked machine.

Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do notattempt to start engine by shorting across the startersolenoid terminals. T1

33715—UN—07SEP00

Use and Maintain Seat BeltUse seat belt when operating machine. Remember tofasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucksand during other uses.

Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is notcut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part isdamaged or does not function properly.

The complete seat belt assembly should be replacedevery three years, regardless of appearance.

T133716—19—14SEP00

Prevent Unintended Machine MovementAlways set the park lock brake switch to the ONposition (1) before leaving the operator's seat for anyreason.

Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travelor other controls. Engage park brake and lower workequipment to the ground during work interruptions.Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approachthe machine. Follow proper parking procedures beforeleaving the operator's station.

1—ON Position

P

1

TX1014609—UN—19DEC06

1-3-1 020113

PN=16


VD76477,0001200 -19-05SEP12-1/1

VD76477,000001C -19-16NOV11-1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—IfEquipped With Pilot ControlsBe careful not to accidentally actuate control leverswhen co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics onbackhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics beforeallowing anyone to approach machine.

TX1014474—UN—12DEC06

Pilot Enable Switch

Avoid Work Site HazardsAvoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and waterlines. Call utility line location services to identify allunderground utilities before starting work.

Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating nearstructures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clearaway debris that could move unexpectedly if run over.

Avoid boom or attachment contact with overheadobstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move anypart of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twicethe line insulator length to overhead wires.

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystandersaway from raised booms, attachments, and unsupportedloads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, orloads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signalperson to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use asignal person if moving machine in congested areas orwhere visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person inview. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficientto support machine. Be especially alert working nearembankments or excavations.

Avoid working under over-hanging embankments orstockpiles that could collapse on machine.

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on ornear ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., duringsnow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds

T147554—UN—01NOV01

T147555—UN—13DEC01

hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes)can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.

1-3-2 020113

PN=17


TX03768,0000BAF -19-27MAR09-1/1

TX03768,0000B8B -19-20DEC06-1/1

TX03768,0000BA3 -19-07SEP06-1/1

Keep Riders Off MachineOnly allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such as beingstruck by foreign objects and being thrown off of themachine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resultingin the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

T148715—UN—06DEC01

Avoid Backover AccidentsBefore moving machine, be sure all persons areclear of the machine travel path. Turn around and lookdirectly for best visibility. Use mirror to assist in checkingbehind the machine. Keep windows and mirror clean andin good repair.

Be certain backup warning alarm is working properly.

Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructedor when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view atall times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.

T145317—UN—06SEP01

Avoid Machine TipoverUse seat belt at all times.

Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely tojump clear and the machine may crush you.

Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Besure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm levelsurface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly totruck bed.

Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky orfrozen ground because machine may slip sideways inthese conditions.

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating onstockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that maycave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

T147495—19—26OCT01

1-3-3 020113

PN=18


TX03679,00016F0 -19-12FEB07-1/1

TX03768,0000B70 -19-27MAR09-1/1

TX03679,00017C8 -19-02MAR07-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments SafelyAlways verify compatibility of attachments by contactingyour authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachmentsmay affect machine stability or reliability and may create ahazard for others near the machine.

Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachmentinstallation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connectionsare secure and attachment responds properly to controls.

Carefully read attachment manual and follow allinstructions and warnings. In an area free of bystandersand obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn itscharacteristics and range of motion.

Use Special Care When OperatingNever use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyoneto ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.

Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the loadreduces machine stability, especially on side slopes onsoft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load.

Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do notattempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long tofit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate chainor other device. Keep bystanders away from raised loads.

Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to liftobjects too heavy for your machine. Assure machinestability and hydraulic capability with a test lift beforeattempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain orsling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilizeloads.

Never lift an object above or near another person.

T148749—UN—05DEC01

T147438—UN—26OCT01

Operating or Traveling On Public RoadsMachines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slowerthan normal highway speeds must have proper lightingand markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.

Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required tomake the machine visible and identify it as a work machine.Check state and local regulations to assure compliance.Keep these devices clean and in working condition. T1

41891—UN—22MAY

01

1-3-4 020113

PN=19


TX03679,000179F -19-07SEP06-1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) shouldbe replaced, not reused.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPSis subjected to structural damage, is involved in anoverturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,bending, drilling, or cutting.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspectit carefully before operating the machine again.

To maintain the ROPS:

• Replace missing hardware using correct gradehardware.• Check hardware torque.• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or wear;replace them if necessary.• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

1-3-5 020113

PN=20

Safety—Maintenance Precautions

TX03679,0001809 -19-02MAR07-1/1

VD76477,0001157 -19-20DEC06-1/1

Park and Prepare for Service SafelyWarn others of service work. Always park and prepareyour machine for service or repair properly.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipmentto the ground.• Engage park brake.• Stop engine and remove key.• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place inthe operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before workingunder it.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuatedtools or attachments.• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or woodenpieces that may crumble or crush.• Do not support machine with a single jack or otherdevices that may slip out of place.• Always install boom lock before working on or aroundthis machine with the loader boom raised.

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.Keep service area clean and dry. Use two peoplewhenever the engine must be running for service work.

T133332—19—14DEC01


Service Cooling System SafelyExplosive release of fluids from pressurized coolingsystem can cause serious burns.

Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fillthrough the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Onlyremove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touchwith bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.


1-4-1 020113

PN=21


DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

TX03679,00016D5 -19-24SEP07-1/1

TX03679,0001745 -19-07SEP06-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or HeatingAvoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heatedby welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from areato be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.Wear an approved respirator.• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper withsoap and water before welding. Remove solvent orpaint stripper containers and other flammable materialfrom area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutesbefore welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where weldingwill take place.


Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxicfumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

Make Welding Repairs SafelyIMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before

welding. Turn off main battery switchor disconnect positive battery cable.Separate harness connectors to engine andvehicle microprocessors.

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns ifpressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heatgo beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.

T133547—UN—31AUG00

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protectionand protective equipment when welding.

Drive Metal Pins SafelyAlways wear protective goggles or safety glasses andother protective equipment before striking hardenedparts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins andbucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.

Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer andobject to prevent chipping. T1

33738—UN—14SEP00

1-4-2 020113

PN=22


DX,RIM -19-24AUG90-1/1

Service Tires SafelyExplosive separation of a tire and rim parts can causeserious injury or death.

Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the properequipment and experience to perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflatethe tires above the recommended pressure. Never weldor heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can causean increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extensionhose long enough to allow you to stand to one side andNOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safetycage if available.

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims or missing lug bolts and nuts.


1-4-3 020113

PN=23

Safety—Safety Signs

Continued on next page VD76477,0001540 -19-06JUN07-1/2

Safety Signs

TX1016262—19—14DEC06

1-5-1 020113

PN=24


VD76477,0001540 -19-06JUN07-2/2

TX1016263—19—14DEC06

1-5-2 020113

PN=25


VD76477,000152B -19-26JUN07-1/1

Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If Equipped)

TX1024865—19—10JU

L07

Safety Signs—If Equipped with Backhoe Coupler

1-5-3 020113

PN=26


DX,SIGNS -19-18AUG09-1/1

Replace Safety SignsReplace missing or damaged safety signs. Use thisoperator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.

There can be additional safety information contained onparts and components sourced from suppliers that is notreproduced in this operator's manual.


1-5-4 020113

PN=27

Operation—Operator’s Station

HG31779,00001C3 -19-31OCT06-1/1

HG31779,00001C4 -19-31OCT06-1/1

MB60223,0000057 -19-22APR09-1/1

Pedals and Levers

1—Backhoe Control Lever2—Boom Lock Lever

3—Backhoe AuxiliaryHydraulic Function FootPedal

T163833B

—UN—13JAN03

Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With PilotControls

1—Backhoe Pilot Controls2—Boom Lock Lever

3—Backhoe AuxiliaryHydraulic Function FootPedal

T163834B

—UN—13JAN03

Fire Extinguisher LocationNOTE: Be familiar with the operation of the fire

extinguisher. Inspect the fire extinguisher andservice the fire extinguisher regularly

The designated location for mounting the fire extinguisheris inside the cab and to the right of the steering console.

1—Fire Extinguisher

TX1043059A

—UN—29MAY

08

Fire Extinguisher Location

2-1-1 020113

PN=28


VD76477,00011A9 -19-07MAR07-1/1

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)

1

2 3 4

5 67

8

11 10 91214 13

17 16 15

TX1002567 TX1002567—UN—30JAN06

1—STOP Indicator2—Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge3—Converter Oil Temperature

Gauge4—Fuel Level Gauge5—Display Window6—Park Brake Indicator

7—Hydraulic Oil Filter RestrictionIndicator

8—Diagnostic Code Indicator9—Joystick Enable Indicator10— Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Indicator

11— Not Used This Application12— Fasten Seat Belt Indicator13— Not Used This Application14— MFWD Indicator15— Engine Alternator Voltage

Indicator

16— Engine Air Filter RestrictionIndicator

17— Engine Oil PressureIndicator

• MENU provides initial entry into machine settings,diagnostics and monitor functions. Once a main menuhas been selected, pressing MENU again will return tothe Normal Display Mode Menu.• BACK will back out of a menu, one item each time thekey is pressed. The BACK key will eventually return tothe normal display.

• NEXT will move to the next selection within a menu ormode. Press NEXT to cycle through all the possibleselections in a menu.• SELECT toggles between displays during normaloperation. During menu modes, SELECT will activatethe currently chosen menu, provide additionalinformation on codes, make selection and reset timers.

2-1-2 020113

PN=29


VD76477,00011AA -19-14JUL09-1/1

Standard Display Functions

1—Stop Indicator:

IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator lights and alarmsounds for more than 10 seconds with engine oilpressure indicator lit, stop machine immediatelyand investigate cause of problem.

If STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds formore than 10 seconds with engine coolanttemperature gauge needle in red zone, reduceload and run engine for 1—2 minutes at slowidle to allow time to cool. If STOP indicatorremains lit and engine coolant temperaturegauge needle does not fall to an acceptableoperating temperature, stop engine andinvestigate problem. Do not restart engineuntil problem has been corrected.

The STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds when:

• Engine oil pressure is low.• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.• Transmission control lever (TCL) is shifted into “forward”F or “reverse” R with park brake ON.• TCL is shifted into “forward” F or “reverse” R withpark brake OFF and seat rotated toward the backhoeposition.

2—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: When enginecoolant temperature is too high the gauge needle willenter red zone, STOP indicator will light, and alarm willsound. Do not stop engine. Reduce load and run engineat slow idle for 1—2 minutes. If gauge needle does notfall to an acceptable operating level, stop engine. Seeyour authorized dealer.

3—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Gauge: Whentorque converter oil temperature is too high, gauge needlewill enter red zone, STOP indicator will light, and alarmwill sound. Reduce load immediately, shift into NEUTRALand run engine at slow idle. Inspect for plugged oil cooler.

4—Fuel Level Gauge: Gauge shows fuel level in tank.Fuel level gauge needle will enter red zone when fuellevel is low.

5—Display Window: Display window has six activedisplays; two constant and four selectable.

• FNR (Constant)• Tachometer (Constant)• Hour Meter (Selectable)• Hydraulic Oil Temperature (Selectable)• Battery Voltage (Selectable)• Job Timer (Selectable)Press NEXT to scroll through listing, to view desired data.

6—Park Brake Indicator: Indicator will light when parkbrake is engaged.

7—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator:

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil filter restriction indicatorlights and hydraulic oil is warm, change filteras soon as possible to prevent damage.

NOTE: On the 310SJ model, the hydraulic oil filterrestriction warning is disabled (will NOT activate)for temperatures 38° C (100° F) and below.

Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element isrestricted.

NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light temporarily.Allow time for oil to warm up and indicator togo out before servicing filter.

8—Diagnostic Code Indicator: Indicator will light when aDiagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is activated; text messageand code appears in display window. It may not benecessary to stop the engine immediately, but the causeshould be investigated as soon as possible. Press MENU,BACK, NEXT or SELECT to acknowledge message andturn indicator off.

9—Joystick Enabled Indicator: Joystick EnableIndicator will light when joysticks are enabled. Light willgo OFF whenever joysticks become disabled.

10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator: Indicator willlight when hydraulic oil temperature is high. Reduce loadimmediately. Actuate backhoe bucket unload function.

11—Not used this application.

12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator: Indicator will light forthe first 5 seconds after the engine is started to warn theoperator to fasten seat belt.

13—Not used this application.

14—MFWD Indicator: Indicator will light whenmechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) is engaged.

15—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator: Indicator willlight when alternator output voltage drops below 12V.Check electrical system or recharge battery, if necessary.

16—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: When airfilter elements are restricted, indicator will light. Cleanor change filter elements.

17—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator:

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Ifengine oil pressure indicator light comeson while operating, stop machine. STOPENGINE IMMEDIATELY.

When engine oil pressure is low, indicator will light, STOPindicator will flash and alarm will sound. Stop machine.STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.

2-1-3 020113

PN=30


Continued on next page MD04263,00003A7 -19-22APR09-1/2

Anti-Theft Security System Configuration

IMPORTANT: The default Owner security code forthe anti-theft security system is 111 for 3-digitsecurity systems, and 00111 for 5-digit securitysystems. The default Operator security codesare 000, 999, and 998 for 3-digit securitysystems, and 00000, 00999, and 00998 for5-digit security systems.

When providing Operator security codes tomachine users, owners should not provideoperators with the default codes. Instead,owners should first change the default Operatorsecurity codes to other values before providingcodes to machine users. Refer to Changingan Operator or Owner Security Code in thissection for more information.

Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled,either as a factory installed option or field installation, thesystem needs to be configured. Select the locking methodand change the Owner and Operator security codes, asnecessary.

Selecting the Locking Method

Complete the following procedure to select the lockingmethod for the anti-theft security system. Only someonewith the Owner security code can configure the lockingmethod. There are four locking options available withinthe anti-theft security system:

• Prompt for Lock• Auto Lock—5 Minutes• Auto Lock—60 Minutes• Anti-theft off (machine is not locked)1. Press the MENU button on the standard display

monitor (SDM) to access the MAIN MENU.

2. Press the NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFTdisplays.

3. Press the SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT SETCODES.

4. Press the NEXT button to display ANTITHEFTCONFIG.

5. Press the SELECT button to display OWNER CODE0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0 0(5-digit system).

6. Enter the current Owner security code. The currentlocking method displays.

7. Press the NEXT button to display the appropriatelocking method.

• ANTITHEFT OFF• PROMPT FOR LOCK• AUTOLOCK 5 MINUTES• AUTOLOCK 60 MINUTES

8. Press the SELECT button to select the displayedlocking method.

9. The selected locking method displays for 2 secondsbefore the SDM returns to the normal display modemenu.

Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code

IMPORTANT: If all three available Operator securitycodes will not be used, make sure the unusedcodes are changed to something other then theirdefault values. Leaving access to the machineby means of default codes is not recommended.

The following rules apply when changing security codes:

• An Operator security code can only be changed if thatsecurity code or the Owner security code is used duringthe change procedure.• The Owner security code can be used to reset all codesback to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALLmenu option.• The anti-theft security system resets all Operatorsecurity codes and the Owner security code to thedefault values when the Master security code is used toenable the system.• The Owner security code can only be changed bysomeone using the Owner security code. The Ownersecurity code must be entered before changing thatcode.

1. Press the MENU button on the standard displaymonitor (SDM) to access the MAIN MENU.



4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFTOWNER.

5. If changing an Operator security code, press the NEXTbutton to display the appropriate Operator securitycode to change. If changing the Owner security code,proceed to next step.

6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows CURRENTCODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or CURRENT CODE 00 0 0 0 (5-digit system).

7. Enter the Owner security code or current Operatorsecurity code for the code to be changed.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button tochange the number displayed in the active (flashing)field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;the BACK button decrements the current digit.

2-1-4 020113

PN=31


MD04263,00003A7 -19-22APR09-2/2

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the numberdisplayed (flashing) in the active field and shift theactive field to the next digit to the right.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered securitycode. If the code is incorrect, an error messageappears on the monitor display.

The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

8. Enter the new security code.

9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds beforethe SDM returns to the normal display mode menu.

Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes




4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFTOWNER.

5. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT RESET ALLdisplays.

6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNERCODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 00 0 (5-digit system).

7. Enter the current Owner security code.





8. The anti-theft security system resets the Owner andthree Operator security codes to their defaults of

“111”, “000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digitsecurity systems, and “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and“00998” for 5-digit security systems.

9. The default codes display before the SDM returns tothe normal display mode menu.

NOTE: If owner code is not available, security codescan be reset using the Master security code.See your authorized dealer.

Changing System Security Code Length

Use this procedure to select the length of security codeto use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.




4. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT SYSTEMdisplays.

5. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNERCODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 00 0 (5-digit system).

6. Enter the current Owner security code.





7. The current Antitheft System will be displayed, eitherANTITHEFT 3-DIGIT or ANTITHEFT 5-DIGIT. Tochange the selection, press the NEXT button to cyclebetween the different systems and then press theSELECT button to activate. At this point, all codes willbe set to anti-theft system defaults, but the systemlocking method will remain unchanged.

2-1-5 020113

PN=32


MD04263,00003A8 -19-22APR09-1/1

Anti-Theft Security System Operation

IMPORTANT: When providing Operator security codesto machine users, owners should not provideoperators with the default codes. Instead,owners should first change the default Operatorsecurity codes to other values before providingcodes to machine users. See Anti-Theft SecuritySystem Configuration in this section.

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be startedbut will shut down after 3 seconds.

Locking the Machine (Operator and Owner)

There are three different locking methods available withthe anti-theft security system. See Anti-Theft SecuritySystem Configuration for more information on selecting alocking method.

• Prompt for Lock• Auto Lock—5 Minutes• Auto Lock—60 Minutes

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be startedbut will shut down after 3 seconds.

Prompt for Lock

1. Turn key switch to OFF.

2. The monitor display shows HIT SELECT TO LOCK.

NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machinewithin 20 seconds of turning key switch OFF, theSDM will NOT lock the machine.

3. Press the SELECT button within 20 seconds to lockthe machine.

Auto Lock—5 Minutes


2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes.After 5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,depending on system configuration, is required formachine operation.

Auto Lock—60 Minutes


2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes.After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit securitycode, depending on system configuration, is requiredfor machine operation.

Unlocking the Machine (Operator and Owner)

1. Sit in the operator's seat to power up the engagementand monitor unit.

2. Turn key switch to ON position.

3. The standard display monitor (SDM) displays ENTERCODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or ENTER CODE 0 0 00 0 (5-digit system).

4. Enter the appropriate security code:



NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered security code.

5. Once a security code is entered, the monitor displaysUNLOCKING ANTITHEFT while the SDM attempts tounlock the machine.

6. The SDM display shows ANTITHEFT UNLOCKEDif the security code was correct and the machine isunlocked.

The display shows FAILED TO UNLOCK if the securitycode was incorrect.

NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

2-1-6 020113

PN=33


MD04263,00000BD -19-14JUL09-1/1

Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display

When key switch is turned to the ON/RUN position:

• Indicator Lights: All indicator lights come on for 5seconds. If the engine is cold, the oil pressure indicatorand STOP indicator will remain lit, after the others goout. Park brake indicator will also stay on.• Gauges: Backlights come on and gauge needles cycle,before settling to actual readings.• Monitor Display Window: All LCD segments light,followed by the machine model number and then thelast screen displayed at engine shut down.

Display window has six active displays, two constant andfour selectable.

Transmission indicator(s) and the tachometer are constantdisplays.

NOTE: Transmission indicator shows the actual gearthe transmission is in, not the position of thetransmission control lever (TCL).

Transmission indicator shows the travel position of thetransmission control lever (TCL), F—forward, N—neutral,R—reverse and the speed range (1, 2, 3, or 4) selectedby the operator.

When a transmission fault code is present and the TCLhas been placed in gear, the Standard Display Monitor

(SDM) will show ?F for any forward gear, ?R for anyreverse gear, or ?N when in neutral. This will allow theoperator to move the machine for diagnostics or repair.

Tachometer shows engine speed in revolutions-per-minute(rpm).

Press NEXT button repeatedly, to scroll through theselectable displays.

Hour meter, Battery Voltage, Hydraulic Oil Temperature,and Job Timer are operator selectable displays.

Hour Meter shows total machine hours, to the nearesttenth of an hour, and accumulates time only when theengine is running.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature is displayed in either degreesFahrenheit or Celsius depending on the units selected.For further information, see Standard Display Monitor(SDM)—Main Menu—Monitor in this section.

Battery Voltage is displayed to the nearest tenth of a volt.

Job Timer can be set to record time for a specific job oroperator. For further information, see Standard DisplayMonitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Job Timer in this section.

2-1-7 020113

PN=34


VD76477,0001544 -19-01FEB08-1/1

JH91824,00009AE -19-10FEB10-1/1

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) MonitorMessagesThe standard display monitor (SDM) automaticallydisplays a message for certain diagnostic trouble codes(DTCs). When the DTC is initially active, a message

displays on the SDM until the fault either is resolved or theoperator presses any button on the SDM.

The DTCs that automatically generate a SDM messageinclude:

Monitor Text DescriptionCONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature HighCONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage HighCONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage LowDIFF LOCK SW FAULT Differential Lock Switch StuckECU CONFIG MISMATCH Security ViolationENG TEMP SENSOR FLT Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage HighENG TEMP SENSOR FLT Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage LowENGINE AIR FILTER Engine Air Filter RestrictedENGINE OVER TEMP Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely HighFUEL TEMP CONTROL Internal ECU FailureHI SYSTEM VOLTAGE System Voltage HighHYD OIL FILTER Hydraulic Oil Filter RestrictedHYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value) Hydraulic Oil Temperature HighHYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Moderately HighLOW ENGINE OIL PRES Engine Oil Pressure Extremely LowLOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE System Voltage LowNO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Clutch Disconnect Device FaultNO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Clutch Disconnect Switch Stuck ClosedNO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Switch Short to GroundTURN SEAT TO REAR Seat Position Front Switch (S17) Short Circuit to Power or Stuck Closed

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main MenuThe Main Menu provides the capability to select the nextsubmenus. The Main Menu is accessed by pressing theMENU button. The submenus under Main Menu include:

1. Codes: View active or stored diagnostic trouble codes(DTC).

2. Monitor: Change display units and language.3. Job Timer: Set-up or reset job timer.4. Settings: Operator selectable preferences.

M A I N M E N UC O D E SM O N I T O RJ O B T I M E R

TX1015152—19—22JAN07

2-1-8 020113

PN=35


VD76477,00011EB -19-21DEC06-1/3

VD76477,00011EB -19-21DEC06-2/3

VD76477,00011EB -19-21DEC06-3/3

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) MainMenu—CodesPress the MENU button to display the Main Menu.

Codes will be highlighted. Press the SELECT button todisplay the Codes submenu.

The submenus under Codes include:

• Active• StoredPress NEXT to toggle between ACTIVE and STOREDDiagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).

Press SELECT to view details of either code type.

C O D E S A C T I V ES T O R E D

TX1015154—19—22JAN07

If no codes have been received (ACTIVE) or recorded(STORED), NO ACTIVE or NO STORED CODES willappear on display. If codes have been received orrecorded, the most recent code will appear first, numbered1/X, along with the controller ID and the DTC.

In the example shown, 1 of 2 codes is displayed. Thecode was reported by the Engine Control Unit (ECU) andit is number 105.15.

TX1003365 —UN—03FEB06

DTC Example

Press NEXT to scroll through codes or press SELECTto view code details; a text message will give a briefdescription of what occurred to trigger the code. Storedcodes also include hour meter readings of the first andlast occurrence of the DTC.

NOTE: The DTC is stored every time the engine isstarted with an active code. Total number ofoccurrences may reflect the number of times theengine was restarted, rather than the number oftimes the DTC actually occurred. Stored codesshould only be cleared by a trained servicetechnician. See your authorized dealer.

F U E L G A U G ES E N S O RO U T O FR A N G E H I G H

TX1003367—19—22JAN07

Text MessageTX1003369 —UN—03FEB06

Hour Meter Readings

2-1-9 020113

PN=36


VD76477,00011EC -19-31OCT06-1/1

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) MainMenu—MonitorPress the MENU button to display the Main Menu.

Use the NEXT button to highlight the Monitor option andpress SELECT to view the Monitor submenu.

The submenus under Monitor include:

• Units• LanguagePress SELECT to view display options.

• UNITS: Press NEXT to toggle between ENGLISH andMETRIC. Press SELECT to display readings in eitherEnglish or Metric units.• LANGUAGE: Press NEXT to scroll through availablelanguages (English, Spanish or French). PressSELECT to change display text to desired language.

SELECTED will appear when settings are changed,then display returns to MONITOR menu.

M O N I T O R U N I T SL A N G U A G E

TX1015155—19—22JAN07

E N G L I S HM E T R I CS E L E C T E D

TX1003377—19—22JAN07

Units

E N G L I S HS P A N I S HF R E N C HS E L E C T E D

TX1003379—19—22JAN07

Languages

2-1-10 020113

PN=37


VD76477,00011ED -19-14DEC06-1/1

JH91824,00009A8 -19-14MAY10-1/1

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) MainMenu—Job TimerJob timer is a resettable hour meter that can be used totime specific tasks to the nearest tenth of an hour. Jobtimer accumulates hours whenever the engine is running,even if the display is hidden. Accumulated hours arestored in memory when the key switch is turned off.

Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu.

Use the NEXT button to highlight the Job Timer optionand press SELECT to view the Job Timer submenu.

The submenus under Job Timer include:

• Hide or Unhide• Reset TimerPress NEXT to toggle between HIDE or UNHIDE andRESET TIME.

Press SELECT to hide or show job timer. HIDDEN orUNHIDDEN will appear on display and then return to theJOB TIMER menu.

J O B T I M E R U N H I D ER E S E T T I M E

TX1015156—19—22JAN07

Press SELECT to reset timer to zero hours. RESET willappear when hours are cleared and then display returnsto the JOB TIMER menu.

Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main Menu—Settings

Settings is the menu option that allows the operator toselect his/her preferences.

“SAVING SELECTION” will appear once a preference hasbeen selected.

Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu.

Use the NEXT button to highlight the Settings option andpress SELECT to view the Settings submenu.

The submenus under Settings include:

• Backhoe Accu-swing™- Off- Fast Stop- Medium Stop- Slow Stop• Setting Antispill

NOTE: Changing selections in this menu will beconfirmed with an audible alarm

- Boom and Bucket - Locks in settings

- Antispill Factory - Restores factory settings• Stabilizer Speeds- Slow- Medium- Fast• Selective Flow (if equipped)- Flow Rate - 5-35 gallons per minute.- Flow Relief Pressure- OFF- 1200-3500 psi- Fast• Loader Auxiliary Speed (if equipped)- Slow- Medium- Fast• Backhoe Auxiliary Speed (if equipped)- Slow- Medium- Fast• Differential Lock Speed Limit- Off- On

Accu-swing is a trademark of Deere & Company

2-1-11 020113

PN=38


Continued on next page TX18203,00004B6 -19-15MAY09-1/2

Right-Side Console Functions

TX1059518A

—UN—15MAY

09

1—Park Brake Switch2—Key Switch3—Horn Button4—Ride Control Switch and

Indicator—If Equipped5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped6—Pattern Select Switch and

Indicator—If Equipped

7—Not Used8—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function

Switch and Indicator—IfEquipped

9—Not Used10— Engine Speed Control Knob11— Start Aid Switch—If

Equipped12— Side Docking Lights Switch

13— Rear Work Lights Switch14— Mechanical Front Wheel

Drive (MFWD) Switch—IfEquipped

15— Air Suspension Seat HeightAdjustment Switch—IfEquipped

16— Rear Wiper Switch—IfEquipped

17— Display Monitor18— Blower Speed Knob—If

Equipped19— Temperature Control

Knob—If Equipped20— Defroster, Heater, and Air

Conditioner Switch—IfEquipped

1—Park Brake Switch: Push left half of switch to engagepark brake. Push right half of switch to disengage parkbrake.

2—Key Switch: This switch has three positions:

• Position where ignition key can be inserted or removedis the “off” position. No circuits are active in this position.• Turn key clockwise from the “off position. This is the“run” position for the engine.• Turn key clockwise from the “run” position. This is the“start” position for the engine. After starting engine,release key. Key will return to “run” position.

3—Horn Button: Press button to sound the horn.

4—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:Push upper half of switch to activate ride control. Switchwill light when ride control is activated. Push lower half ofswitch to deactivate ride control.

5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped: Push the upper half ofswitch to turn beacon light on. Push lower half of switch toturn beacon light off.

6—Pattern Select Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:Push the upper half of switch to activate the excavatorcontrol pattern. Push the lower half of switch to activatethe backhoe control pattern.

7—Not Used

8—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch andIndicator—If Equipped: Push switch to activate anddeactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments. Theswitch has three positions:

• Push upper half to activate auxiliary hydraulic function• Push to middle position to transfer control to thebackhoe auxiliary function foot switch• Push lower half to deactivate the auxiliary hydraulicfunction

9—Not Used

10—Engine Speed Control Knob: Rotate knob clockwiseto increase engine speed. Rotate counterclockwise todecrease engine speed.

2-1-12 020113

PN=39


TX18203,00004B6 -19-15MAY09-2/2

11—Start Aid Button—If Equipped: Press and holdbutton when engine is cold and cranking to inject startingfluid into engine during cold weather start-up.

12—Side Docking Lights Switch: Push the upper halfof switch to turn side docking lights on. Push lower halfof switch to turn lights off.

13—Rear Working Lights Switch: Push switch to middleposition to turn first set of rear work lights on. Push tophalf of switch to turn entire set of rear work lights on. Pushbottom half of switch to turn rear work lights off.

14—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch—IfEquipped: Push switch up to engage the MFWD axle.Push switch down to disengage the MFWD axle.

15—Air Suspension Seat Height AdjustmentSwitch—If Equipped:

CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in positionbefore operating machine. A seat that is looseor not properly locked can cause loss of controlof machine and injuries or death.

Push upper half of switch to increase air suspension seatheight and firmness of ride. Push lower half of switch todecrease air suspension seat height and firmness of ride.

16—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped:

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,DO NOT operate wipers if blades arefrozen to windshield.

Push upper half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper on.Push lower half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper off.

17—Display Monitor: Monitor has six active displays,two constant and four selectable. See Standard DisplayMonitor (SDM) in this section.

18—Blower Speed Knob—If Equipped: Turn knobclockwise to increase blower speed or counterclockwiseto reduce blower speed. The blower knob has four speedsettings plus an “Off” position.

19—Temperature Control Knob—If Equipped: Turnknob to adjust air temperature. Turn clockwise towardsHOT (red) for warmer air (best for heating and defrosting).Turn counterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for cooler air(best for venting and air conditioning).

20—Defroster, Heater, and Air ConditionerControls—If Equipped:

NOTE: Blower speed knob; defroster, heater, and airconditioner switch; and temperature control knobmust be adjusted as a group to obtain properoperation of the defroster, heater, or air conditioner.

The defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch has threepositions:

• Push the rocker switch fully to the left to activate theair conditioner.• Push the rocker switch fully to the right to activatethe defrost mode. In this position, the air conditionercompressor is powered and a vent is opened to provideair flow to the front windshield.• For maximum heater performance, set the rockerswitch to the middle position. In this position, the airconditioner compressor is not powered.

NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperaturecontrol knob in a middle-to-cool position todehumidify air without over cooling.

2-1-13 020113

PN=40


Continued on next page MD04263,00000BE -19-12MAY09-1/2

Controls—Steering Console

TX1054141

H O2

1 2 3 4 5 6 9

TX1054141—UN—08JAN09

1—Work Lights Switch2—Warning Lights Switch3—Loader Coupler Switch—If

Equipped

4—Loader Coupler PinIndicator—If Equipped

5—Front Windshield WasherSwitch—If Equipped

6—Front Windshield WiperSwitch—If Equipped

7—Turn Signal Switch8—Transmission Control Lever

(TCL)

9—Water In Fuel (WIF)Indicator—If Equipped

TX1002635A

—UN—13JAN06

TX1002634A

—UN—13JAN06

1—Work Lights Switch: Push switch to operate taillights and front work lights, if equipped. The switch hasthree positions:

• Push upper half to first position to turn all front worklights and tail lights on.• Push to middle position to turn tail lights and 2 of 4 frontwork lights, if equipped, on.• Push lower half to turn tail lights and front work lights,if equipped, off.

2—Warning Lights Switch: Push upper half of switchto turn amber warning lights at front and rear of cab on.When warning lights switch is on, warning lights indicator,left turn indicator, and right turn indicator will flash. Pushlower half of switch to turn amber warning lights off.

If the warning lights switch is on when the key switch isturned to the OFF position, the warning HAZARD LAMPSON will display on the Standard Display Monitor (SDM).The audible alarm will sound two times and the warningwill remain displayed for 5 seconds, after which the SDMwill power down.

3—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped: Push in andlift switch to the UNLOCK position to retract coupler pins.Coupler pin indicator will illuminate and chime will sound.Push switch down to return to the LOCK position to engagecoupler pins. Indicator will turn off and chimes will stop.

4—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped:Indicator will light and chimes will sound when the loadercoupler switch is in UNLCOK position and the coupler pinsare retracted. Indicator will turn off when quick couplerswitch is in LOCK position.

5—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped:Push upper half of switch to turn front windshield washeron. Push lower half of switch to turn front windshieldwasher off.

6—Front Windshield Wiper Switch—If Equipped:

NOTE: To avoid damage to wiper blades, DO NOToperate wipers if blades are frozen to windshield.

Push switch to operate front windshield wiper. The switchhas three positions:

2-1-14 020113

PN=41


MD04263,00000BE -19-12MAY09-2/2

VD76477,00011FB -19-01NOV06-1/1

VD76477,0001126 -19-19OCT06-1/1

• Push upper half to first position to turn front windshieldwiper on at FAST speed.• Push to middle position to turn front windshield wiperon at SLOW speed.• Push lower half to turn front windshield wiper off.7—Turn Signal Switch: Push switch to signal turningdirection. The switch has three positions:

• Push left half to signal left turn. Left turn indicator willflash.• Middle position is OFF. Indicators will not flash unlesswarning lights switch is ON.• Push right half to signal right turn. Right turn indicatorwill flash.

Amber turn signal lights flash individually to signaldirection of turn when left or right half of turn signal switch

is pushed. Amber turn signal lights flash together whenwarning lights switch (2) is pushed.

8—Transmission Control Lever (TCL):

NOTE: When TCL is in the Reverse position, only travelspeeds 1 and 2 are operational.

Place TCL in middle (detented) position for neutral. MoveTCL to F (forward travel) or R (reverse travel). RotateTCL to select gear (travel speed) range.

9—Water In Fuel (WIF) Indicator—If Equipped: WIFindicator light turns ON when excess water is in auxiliarywater separator fuel filter.

Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—IfEquipped

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Always lock hydraulicswhen not operating backhoe.

Push upper half of switch (1) to “Unlock” position to enablepilot controls. Push lower half of switch to “Lock” positionto disable pilot controls.

If the seat changes operating position or the engine isshut off, the pilot controls are automatically disabled. Toenable pilot controls, cycle switch to “Lock” position andback to “Unlocked” position.

TX1014469A

—UN—01NOV06

Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always verifycontrol response before operating backhoe.

Push backhoe symbol on switch (1) to select backhoehydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch toselect excavator hydraulic pattern.

1—Pattern Select Switch

TX1013900A

—UN—20OCT06

2-1-15 020113

PN=42


VD76477,00014B1 -19-09JUL09-1/1

VD76477,0001125 -19-19OCT06-1/1

Engine Speed Control KnobRotate knob (1) clockwise to increase engine speed.Rotate counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.

The engine speed control knob is operating normally when:

• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seatis in loader position*.• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seatis in the backhoe position*.• Engine speed does change when turning the dial whileseat is not in backhoe or loader position.• Engine speed does not change when turning the dialwhile service brake pedal is pressed in either backhoeor loader position.• Engine speed is dialed up to something other than idleand seat position changes cause the engine speedcontrol knob to drop out.

*Engine speed control knob must be dialed to low speedstop position before engine speed will respond to changesin the dial position.

TX1020480A

—UN—13MAR07

1—Engine Speed Control Knob

Horn ButtonPress the horn button (1) to sound the horn.

1—Horn Button

TX1013813A

—UN—20OCT06

2-1-16 020113

PN=43


TX18203,00004B5 -19-15MAY09-1/1

Defroster, Heater, and Air ConditionerControls—If EquippedBlower speed knob (2); defroster, heater, and airconditioner switch (1); and temperature control knob (3)must be adjusted as a group to obtain proper operation ofthe defroster, heater, or air conditioner.

Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch tothe appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and airconditioner switch has three positions:

• Push the rocker switch fully to the left to activate the airconditioner. Adjust the blower knob and temperaturecontrol knob as appropriate.• Push the rocker switch fully to the right to activatethe defrost mode. In this position, the air conditionercompressor is powered and a vent is opened to provideair flow to the front windshield. Adjust the blower knoband temperature control knob as appropriate.• For maximum heater performance, set the rockerswitch to the middle position. In this position, the airconditioner compressor is not powered.

Turn blower speed knob clockwise to increase blowerspeed or counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. Theblower knob has four speed settings and an off position.

Turn temperature control knob to adjust air temperature.Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) for warmer air (best forheating and defrosting). Turn counterclockwise towardsCOLD (blue) for cooler air (best for venting and airconditioning).

NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperaturecontrol knob in a middle-to-cool position todehumidify air without over cooling.

1—Defroster, Heater, and AirConditioner Switch

2—Blower Speed Knob

3—Temperature Control Knob

TX1013895A

—UN—20OCT06

Heater and Air Conditioner Controls—Earlier Machines

TX1059519A

—UN—15MAY

09

Heater and Air Conditioner Controls—Later Machines

2-1-17 020113

PN=44


CED,OUO1079,381 -19-14JUN00-1/1

VD76477,0001127 -19-19OCT06-1/1

Side Windows—Secondary ExitsThe side windows and door windows can open 180°. Thedoor windows can be used as secondary exits.

To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.

Retain in open position against fixed window on sameside by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob untiltension is felt to prevent window from swinging duringoperation.

A—Handle (8 used)B—Fastening Knob (2 used)

C—Socket (2 used)

T135173—UN—07NOV00

Right Side Shown

T102093—UN—16AUG96

Rear Windows

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Always lock hydraulicswhen opening or closing window.

Squeeze upper rear window latches (A) and slide upperrear window up or down.

Squeeze middle rear window latches (B) and slide middlerear window up or down.

Ensure all rear window latches lock into detent positionson window frame.

A—Upper Rear Window Latch(2 used)

B—Middle Rear Window Latch(2 used)

TX1002528A

—UN—10JAN06

2-1-18 020113

PN=45


VD76477,0001276 -19-20NOV06-1/2

VD76477,0001276 -19-20NOV06-2/2

Adjusting Seat


NOTE: Grease seat base guide rails as needed.

Air Suspension Seat

Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desiredposition. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat inposition.

Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot leverto lock seat in position.

Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tiltangle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.

Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to positionlumbar support for operator's preference.

1—Forward and Aft Lever2—Pivot Lever

3—Back Tilt Lever4—Lumbar Support

Adjustment Lever

TX1014891A

—UN—10NOV06

Mechanical Suspension Seat


NOTE: With weight adjustment knob turnedcounterclockwise (—) as far as it can go and withno weight on seat, the distance to the floor fromtop of seat is 48 cm (19 in). With knob turnedclockwise (+) as far as it can go, the distanceto floor from top of seat is 53 cm (21 in). Thedistances will decrease by 5 cm (2 in.) when an86 kg (190 lb) person sits on seat.

Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desiredposition. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat inposition.

Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot leverto lock seat in position.

Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tiltangle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.

Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to positionlumbar support for operator’s preference.

While NOT sitting on seat, turn weight adjustment knob(5) to change seat height and ride stiffness.

TX1015302A

—UN—17NOV06

1—Forward and Aft Lever2—Pivot Lever3—Back Tilt Lever

4—Lumbar SupportAdjustment Lever

5—Weight Adjustment Knob

2-1-19 020113

PN=46


VD76477,00010F6 -19-23OCT06-1/1

Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If EquippedLift lever (A) and tilt steering wheel (B) to operator'spreference. Release lever to lock steering wheel inposition.

For Joystick-to-wheel clearance, tilt steering wheel full-upbefore unlocking and pivoting seat.

A—Steering Wheel Tilt Lever B—Steering Wheel

TX1002483A

—UN—10JAN06

2-1-20 020113

PN=47


VD76477,00011B2 -19-03NOV06-1/1

12-Volt Accessory OutletsAccessory outlets (A) are positioned for operator'sconvenience.

A—12-Volt Accessory Outlet

TX1014667A

—UN—04NOV06

Optional Cab Shown

T134837B

—UN—25OCT00

Optional Cab Shown

2-1-21 020113

PN=48

Operation—Operating The Machine

CED,OUO1079,468 -19-01SEP10-1/1

Inspect Machine Daily Before StartingPerform periodic service checks.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wiresand loose or corroded connections.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or looseclamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rubagainst each other or other parts.

BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, brokenor missing parts and hardware.

LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,covers, seat belt, and reverse warning alarm.

FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.

PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.

SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all personsare clear from machine area.

2-2-1 020113

PN=49


VD76477,00011AC -19-22JAN09-1/1

Check Instruments Before Starting

1

2 3 4

5 67

8

11 10 91214 13

17 16 15

TX1002567 TX1002567—UN—30JAN06

Turn key switch clockwise to ON/RUN position. (Do notstart engine.) The following must occur:

• The audible alarm must sound.• All LCD segments in the display window (5) must light,followed by the machine model number and the lastscreen displayed at shutdown.• All gauges (2—4) must be backlit, and all gaugeneedles must cycle from minimum (left) to maximum(right) in approximately 1 second.• All indicators must light for 5 seconds including those inthe Sealed Switch Module (SSM). With the engine cold,the engine oil pressure indicator and STOP indicatorwill remain lit, after other indicators go out. Park brakeindicator will also stay ON, as will switch indicators forpreviously activated functions.

NOTE: When the key is turned ON, but before starting,a diagnostic sequence is initiated. If a fault isdetected, the corresponding diagnostic troublecode (DTC) will activate.

See Operation—Operator’s Station for descriptions ofindicators.

If any indicator fails to light, see your authorized dealer.

TX1002776—UN—18JAN06

1—STOP Indicator2—Engine Coolant

Temperature Gauge3—Converter Oil Temperature

Gauge4—Fuel Level Gauge5—Display Window6—Park Brake Indicator7—Hydraulic Oil Filter

Restriction Indicator8—Diagnostic Code Indicator9—Joysticks Enabled Indicator10— Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Indicator11— Not Used This Application

12— Fasten Seat Belt Indicator13— Not Used This Application14— MFWD Indicator15— Engine Alternator Voltage

Indicator16— Engine Air Filter

Restriction Indicator17— Engine Oil Pressure

Indicator18— Accessory Position—Key

Switch19— STOP Position—Key

Switch20— On/Run Position—Key

Switch21— Start Position—Key

Switch

2-2-2 020113

PN=50


VD76477,00016F2 -19-22DEC10-1/1

VD76477,00010F7 -19-14JUL09-1/3

Continued on next page VD76477,00010F7 -19-14JUL09-2/3

Engine Break-In PeriodIMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage it is critical

to observe the engine break-in period. Extracare during the first 250 hours of operation willresult in more satisfactory long-term engineperformance and life. DO NOT exceed 250hours of operation with break-in oil.

1. Operate the machine at heavy or normal loads withminimal idling during the break-in period. During thefirst 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods of engine idlingor sustained maximum load operation. If engine willidle longer than 5 minutes, stop engine.

2. Check engine oil level more frequently during theengine break-in period.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT add make-up oil until theoil level is BELOW the ADD mark on the

dipstick. John Deere Break-In™ Engine Oilshould be used to make up any oil consumedduring the break-in period.

3. Change oil and oil filter after first 250 hours (maximum).Fill crankcase with the normal seasonal viscositygrade oil. See Maintenance—Machine. (Section 3-1.)

4. Watch coolant temperature gauge closely. If coolanttemperature rises above specified limits on the gauge,reduce load on engine. Unless temperature dropsquickly, stop the engine and determine the causebefore resuming operation. See Troubleshooting.(Section 4-3.)

5. Watch oil pressure gauge for pressure withinspecification.

6. Check serpentine belt for proper alignment andseating in pulley grooves.

Break-In is a trademark of Deere & Company.

Starting the Engine

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death froma runaway machine. DO NOT start engine byshorting across starter terminals. Machine willstart in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.NEVER start engine while standing on ground.Start engine only from operator’s seat, withtransmission control lever (TCL) in N “neutral”and park brake engaged.

NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in gear, but thetransmission will automatically be shifted to neutraland the display will show “N” as the actual gear. Youwill not be able to put the tractor into gear withoutfirst cycling TCL through the neutral range.

1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.

TS177—UN—11JAN89

2. Sound horn.

NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positionsdescribed before starting engine.

3. Move TCL lever (A) to N.

A—TCL

TX1002777A

—UN—18JAN06

2-2-3 020113

PN=51


VD76477,00010F7 -19-14JUL09-3/3

Continued on next page MD04263,0000139 -19-20FEB09-1/2

4. Push the left half of the park brake switch (B) toengage the park brake.

5. Push the lower half of the ride control switch (C), ifequipped, to deactivate ride control.

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the turbochargerand other engine components, let theengine run at low idle for 30 secondsbefore operating machine.

6. Turn engine speed control knob (D) to 1/3 speed.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter motor formore than 30 seconds at a time, or it may bedamaged. If engine does not start, wait atleast 2 minutes before trying again.

7. Turn key switch (E) clockwise to “Start” and holdin position until engine starts. Release key switchwhen engine starts. If engine does not start after 30seconds, turn key switch to “Off” and wait 2 minutesbefore trying again.

TX1013913A

—UN—20DEC06

B—Park Brake SwitchC—Ride Control Switch—If

Equipped

D—Engine Speed Control KnobE—Key Switch

Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—IfEquipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from explodingcontainer. Starting fluid is highly flammable.Keep container away from heat, sparks, and openflame. Contents are pressurized. Do not punctureor incinerate container. Remove can frommachine if engine does not need starting fluid.

IMPORTANT: Remove container and install plug inbase to protect start aid components from dust.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use startingaid when temperatures are below 0°C (32°F)and only when engine is COLD.

USING START AID

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push and holdstart aid button only when engine is cold andcranking. Starting fluid is being injected intoengine as long as the start aid button is held.

NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing2 minutes between cranking periods.

While cranking engine, push start aid button (1).

Replacing Starting Aid Container


TX1013917A

—UN—20OCT06

1—Start Aid Button

2-2-4 020113

PN=52


MD04263,0000139 -19-20FEB09-2/2

TX,25,BD2080 -19-07MAR07-1/1

TX,25,BD2082 -19-15OCT08-1/1

1. Close engine hood. Raise front loader boom andinstall loader boom service lock. See Loader BoomService Lock. (Section 3-2.)

2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing EngineHood. (Section 3-2.)

3. Loosen clamp (2).

4. Turn start aid container (3) counterclockwise toremove.

IMPORTANT: Remove can from machine if enginedoes not need starting fluid. Remove can fromcontainer and install plug (4) in base to protectstart aid components from dust.

5. Remove safety cap from new container.

6. Remove plug and turn container clockwise in startingaid base to install.

7. Tighten clamp.

8. Close engine hood.

2—Clamp3—Start Aid Container

4—Plug

TX1035810A

—UN—20MAR08

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine

TX1035809A

—UN—01FE

B08

Tier 2/Stage II Engine

Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury froman electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty, groundedcord to connect heater to electrical power.

Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours beforestarting the engine.

Warm-UpIMPORTANT: To ensure proper lubrication, idle

engine at 1/3 speed for 5 minutes. Extendperiod as necessary when operating attemperatures below freezing.

• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 5minutes.

IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engineand to use fuel in most efficient manner, donot allow machine to idle at low rpm.

• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.• Operate machine under light loads for first 5 minutesonce engine is warm.• Check instruments regularly.

2-2-5 020113

PN=53


VD76477,0001386 -19-08JAN07-1/1

VD76477,0001129 -19-18DEC07-1/1

Cold Weather Warm-Up

CAUTION: Prevent injury from moving backhoe.Backhoe may overshoot in extreme coldconditions. Allow backhoe to warm up.

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulicfunctions move slowly. Do not attempt machineoperations until hydraulic functions moveat close-to-normal cycle times.

In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming upperiod will be necessary.

Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until engineis thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow, and mudfrom machine before operation.

1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucketleveling tube due to cold oil, cycle bucketthree times at hood height before usingunder normal operation.

2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucketfrom stop to stop three times.

3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distributewarmed oil until all functions operate freely.

Ride Control Operation—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom or bucket movement whenequipped with ride control. Ride controlaccumulator energy must be discharged whenworking on hydraulic components. Turn ignitionswitch “On”. Push ride control switch “On” andmove loader control lever to “Float” position.

Do not have the ride control switch “On”when starting the machine; the machinemay move if the ride control switch is “On”and the machine is started.

Do not have ride control engaged whenoperating the loader; the ride control systemmay cause unexpected movement.

The ride control system has an accumulator and valvein the loader circuit.

Operating Ride Control

Push upper half of ride control switch (1) to improvemachine ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling overrough terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket, orwhen transporting with an empty bucket. The ride controlindicator (2) will remain lit while ride control is engaged.

If engine is stopped with ride control engaged, ride controlswitch will remain in the “On” position and ride control willbe engaged when the machine is restarted. Always pushlower half of ride control switch to disengage ride controlbefore starting the machine.

NOTE: With ride control engaged, the front end of themachine will not remain raised if lifted off the groundwith the front loader. The front end of the machinewill drift back to the ground. To hold front end upwhile using the backhoe, disengage ride control.

TX1013918A

—UN—20DEC06

TX1013990A

—UN—26OCT06

1—Ride Control Switch 2—Ride Control Indicator

Discharging the Ride Control Circuit for Service

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the ride controlsystem before performing maintenance. See DischargeRide Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped.(Section 4-1.)

2-2-6 020113

PN=54


HG31779,00001BB -19-15OCT08-1/1

Continued on next page MD04263,00000BF -19-14JUL09-1/3

Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped1. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

2. Use pilot control wrist rests (1) to pull right and leftpilot control towers towards operator.

3. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (2) to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always lockhydraulics when not operating backhoe.

4. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to “Lock”position to disable pilot controls.

NOTE: Alarm will sound and monitor will display “Hoe”and “On” when pilot controls are enabled andseat is not in backhoe position.

If pilot controls are automatically disabled, cycleswitch to “Lock” position and back to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

Discharge hydraulic pressure from the pilot controlsystem before performing maintenance. See Discharge

T162834B

—UN—02JAN03

1—Pilot Control Wrist Rests 2—Pilot Control Enable/Dis-able Switch

Pilot Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped.(Section 4-1.)

Driving the Machine

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Machine willturn in direction of brake pedal if only onebrake pedal is applied. Connect brake pedalstogether before traveling at high speed.

1. Engage brake pedal locking bar (A) to lock left andright brake pedals (B and C) together. Keep brakepedal locking bar engaged unless brakes are to beused to aid in turning.

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance ofinjury from an accident such as an overturn.

2. Fasten seat belt.T132020B

—UN—05JU

L00

A—Brake Pedal Locking BarB—Left Brake Pedal

C—Right Brake Pedal

2-2-7 020113

PN=55


MD04263,00000BF -19-14JUL09-2/3

MD04263,00000BF -19-14JUL09-3/3

3. Move engine speed control knob (H) to 1/3 speed andstart engine.

NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,and STOP indicator will light if transmission controllever (TCL) is moved out of NEUTRAL while parkbrake is engaged. Disengage the park brakebefore moving the TCL out of neutral.

If park brake is disengaged when engine isstopped, it automatically engages. If engine isthen started with right half of the park brake switchpushed, operator must push left half of park brakeswitch, then push right half of park brake switch todisengage park brake before driving machine.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (F) to disengagethe park brake.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Neverrely on TCL and gearshift lever to keepmachine from moving. Always engage parkbrake to hold machine.

5. Use TCL (D) to change direction of travel.

• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.• Move TCL to F to travel forward and to R to travelin reverse.• Move TCL to N when machine is not moving. TCLwill drop to a detented position when in neutral.

6. TCL/range lever also selects forward gear ranges 1, 2,3, and 4 and reverse ranges 1 and 2.

• Rotate handle on TCL (D) to select gear position.

TX1013925A

—UN—23OCT06

TX1013923A

—UN—20DEC06

D—Transmission Control Lever(TCL)

E—Gear Range PointerF—Park Brake Switch

G—Ride Control Switch—IfEquipped

H—Engine Speed Control KnobJ—Key Switch

• Gear position is indicated by the gear range pointer(E).

7. Vary travel speed when driving using engine speedcontrol pedal (K).

K—Engine Speed ControlPedal

TX1013924A

—UN—23OCT06

2-2-8 020113

PN=56


VD76477,00014B8 -19-16MAR07-1/1

VD76477,000113B -19-24OCT06-1/1

Cruise ControlWhen operating the machine with the seat facing thesteering wheel, cruise control can be activated by theoperator. This feature is useful for road travel, or whentraversing rough ground on a job site, where it is difficultto maintain a steady speed with the accelerator pedal.

To set cruise control, use the engine speed control knob(1) to set engine speed to desired level. Engine speed willremain at that setting until brake pedals are depressed,at which time engine speed will automatically return toidle. In order to reengage cruise control, the engine speedcontrol knob must be returned to idle position and thenreset to desired speed.

If the cruise control is set to a speed lower than high idle,the accelerator pedal can be used to accelerate from theselected speed setting up to high idle. If operator thenremoves foot from accelerator pedal, speed will return tothe prior selected setting.

TX1020480A

—UN—13MAR07

1—Engine Speed Control Knob

Operating Stabilizers

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Stabilizersmust be set on a firm surface. Do notdig under stabilizers. Be alert to possiblemachine movement when raising stabilizersand loader bucket.

Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift andlevel the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers fromraised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).

Stabilizer feet on 310J, 310SJ are reversible for use onpaved and unpaved surfaces. See Reversing StabilizerFeet—310J, 310SJ. (Section 4-1.)

A—Left Stabilizer UpB—Left Stabilizer Down

C—Right Stabilizer UpD—Right Stabilizer Down

TX1014050A

—UN—25OCT06

T102200—UN—24AUG96

2-2-9 020113

PN=57


VD76477,00010CE -19-16OCT06-1/1

Operating Boom LockIMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

unlock boom before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Boom Lock

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boomlock (A).

2. Pull boom lock control lever (B) toward operator todisengage boom lock from boom hooks (unlockedposition).

3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.Release boom lock control lever.

Engaging the Boom Lock

1. Pull boom lock control lever toward operator to raiseboom lock.

2. Raise boom against stops.

3. Release boom lock control lever to engage boom lockwith boom hooks (locked position).

4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever torelease hydraulic pressure and put tension on boomlock.

A—Boom Lock B—Boom Lock Control Lever

T131772B

—UN—19JU

N00

T131758C

—UN—15JU

N00

Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown

T162770B

—UN—12DEC02

Optional Pilot Controls Shown

2-2-10 020113

PN=58


VD76477,00011F0 -19-31OCT06-1/1

CED,OUO1079,418 -19-07JUL00-1/1

Operating Swing LockIMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

remove swing lock pin before operating backhoe.

Disengaging the Swing Lock

Remove swing lock pin (A) from swing lock mounting hole(B) and install pin in storage position in operator’s station.

Engaging the Swing Lock

Remove swing lock pin from storage position in operator'sstation and install pin in swing lock mounting hole.

A—Swing Lock Pin B—Swing Lock Mounting Hole

T132293B

—UN—11JU

L00

T131772C

—UN—19JU

N00

Operating Swing Lock PinIMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

remove swing lock pin before operating backhoe.

2-2-11 020113

PN=59


VD76477,00011A0 -19-14JUL09-1/1

Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two-Lever Controls

CAUTION: Several control patterns are availablefor this backhoe. Always verify controlresponse before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury from unexpectedmachine movement. DO NOT operate backhoefrom outside the operator station. Only operatewhen in the operator's seat in backhoe operationposition with stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do notswing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound an audiblealarm and light the STOP indicator if transmissioncontrol lever (TCL) is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing controls is available fromyour authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to othercontrols MUST be installed.

Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers asshown to maneuver backhoe components in desireddirections.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when movingand operate more than one component at a time.

A—Boom LowerB—Boom RaiseC—Boom Swing LeftD—Boom Swing Right

E—Dipperstick RaiseF—Dipperstick LowerG—Bucket LoadH—Bucket Dump

T132032B

—UN—11JU

L00

T132029C

—UN—11JU

L00

2-2-12 020113

PN=60


VD76477,00011A1 -19-14JUL09-1/1

Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever Controls

CAUTION: Several control patterns are availablefor this backhoe. Always verify controlresponse before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury from unexpectedmachine movement. DO NOT operate backhoefrom outside the operator station. Only operatewhen in the operator's seat in backhoe operationposition with stabilizers down.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do notswing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound an audiblealarm and light the STOP indicator if transmissioncontrol lever is moved to F or R.

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two-levercontrols to excavator two-lever controls is available fromyour authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to thecontrols MUST be installed.

Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers asshown to maneuver backhoe components in desireddirections.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when movingand operate more than one component at a time.



T132033B

—UN—11JU

L00

T132029C

—UN—11JU

L00

2-2-13 020113

PN=61


VD76477,000134A -19-20DEC06-1/1

Operating Backhoe—John Deere PilotControls

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Always lockhydraulics when not operating backhoe. Neverplace any part of body beyond window frame. Itcould be crushed by the boom if boom controllever is accidently bumped or otherwise engaged.Make sure you know the location and functionof each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the windowframe. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

The machine is factory equipped with the control patternshown.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functionsmust correspondto the black-on-yellow labels located on the cab post.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. Themachine will remain positioned.



T162842B

—UN—12DEC02

T132029C

—UN—11JU

L00

2-2-14 020113

PN=62


VD76477,000134B -19-20DEC06-1/1

Operating Backhoe—Excavator PilotControls

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Always lock hydraulicswhen not operating backhoe. Never place anypart of body beyond window frame. It couldbe crushed by the boom if boom control leveris accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.Make sure you know the location and functionof each control before operating.

Never place any part of the body beyond the windowframe. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.

NOTE: With this control pattern, functionsmust correspondto the black-on-white labels located on the cab post.

When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. Themachine will remain positioned.



T163835B

—UN—13JAN03

T132029C

—UN—11JU

L00

2-2-15 020113

PN=63


CED,OUO1079,419 -19-23JAN03-1/1

Operating Extendible Dipperstick—IfEquippedPush extendible dipperstick control pedal with toe or heelto extend (I) or retract (J) the extendible dipperstick.

I— Extendible DipperstickExtend

J—Extendible DipperstickRetract

T132032C

—UN—11JU

L00


T162845B

—UN—12DEC02


T132029D

—UN—11JU

L00

2-2-16 020113

PN=64


AM40430,0000072 -19-15OCT08-1/1

CED,OUO1079,412 -19-07JUL00-1/1

Operating Extendible Dipperstick WithAttachmentsWhen using attachments, it is recommended to retractextendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operatinghydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstickextended may cause abnormal wear and stress ondipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.

T103835—UN—11OCT96

Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—IfEquipped

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, alwaysinstall locking pin from ground.

Always lower backhoe to ground and stop engine beforeremoving or installing extendible dipperstick locking pin.

Disengaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock

1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dippersticklocking pin (A).

2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin fromlocking position (C) and install extendible dippersticklocking pin in storage position (B).

3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick lockingpin.

Engaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock

1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dippersticklocking pin.

2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin fromstorage position and install extendible dippersticklocking pin in locking position.

3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick lockingpin.

T131775B

—UN—19JU

N00

A—Extendible DipperstickLocking Pin

B—Storage Position

C—Locking Position

2-2-17 020113

PN=65


ER93822,0000262 -19-02SEP08-1/1

Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped

TX1047838A

—UN—26AUG08

TX1047839A

—UN—29AUG08


TX1047844A

—UN—28AUG08


TX1048098A

—UN—29AUG08

A—Backhoe Auxiliary HydraulicSelective Flow Switch

B—Backhoe Auxiliary HydraulicSelective Flow Foot Switch

C—Flow Selector Knob

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Switches

The backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow switch (A)has three positions:

• Push upper half to activate the backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic selective flow.• Toggle to middle position to transfer control to thebackhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow foot switch.• Push lower half to deactivate the backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic selective flow.

When the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flowswitch is in the middle position, push the backhoe auxiliaryhydraulic selective flow foot switch (B) to activate anddeactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments.

Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow whenno attachment is installed, when changing attachments,or when installed attachments are not in use.

Selective Flow Valve Adjustment

1. Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flowby pressing lower half of backhoe auxiliary hydraulicselective flow switch (A).

IMPORTANT: To avoid potential machine damage,machine must be “OFF” when adjustingselective flow solenoid control valve.

2. To adjust flow, rotate flow selector knob (C) until thedesired flow setting is observed. The six flow settingsare:

• 34 L/min (9 gpm)• 49 L/min (13 gpm)• 60 L/min (16 gpm)• 68 L/min (18 gpm)• 83 L/min (22 gpm)• 94 L/min (25 gpm)

2-2-18 020113

PN=66


ER93822,0000263 -19-15OCT08-1/1

Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Functions—If Equipped

TX1048366A

—UN—10SEP08

Manual Controls Shown

TX1048365A

—UN—10SEP08


1—Fifth-Function Pedal 2—Sixth-Function Pedal

Fifth-Function Pedal

Operate fifth-function pedal (1) to control the attachment.See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachmentoperator's manual for more information.

NOTE: Fifth-function pedal will operate extendibledipperstick if equipped.

Sixth-Function Pedal

Operate sixth-function pedal (2) to control the attachment.See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachmentoperator's manual for more information.

2-2-19 020113

PN=67


JH91824,000029C -19-22APR09-1/1

Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped

TX1048226A

—UN—04SEP08

Manual Controls Shown

TX1048220A

—UN—04SEP08


NOTE: Hydraulic thumb control pedal may changelocation based on if machine is equipped withextendible dipperstick. If equipped with extendibledipperstick the left auxiliary hydraulic functioncontrol pedal will operate thumb. If equipped withstandard dipperstick the right auxiliary hydrauliccontrol pedal will operate thumb.

Push appropriate auxiliary hydraulic function control pedal(1 or 2) with heal or toe to close (3) or open (4) hydraulicthumb.

1—Left Auxiliary HydraulicFunction Control Pedal

2—Right Auxiliary HydraulicFunction Control Pedal (orExtendible Dipperstick—IfEquipped)

3—Close Thumb4—Open Thumb

TX1047774A

—UN—04SEP08

Hydraulic Thumb Movement

2-2-20 020113

PN=68


VD76477,00014EB -19-21JUL09-1/1

Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped

CAUTION:

Prevent serious injury or death from unexpectedmachine movement. Ensure coupler is attachedproperly to attachment.

1. Locking Coupler:

Position machine and coupler to pick up desiredattachment.

2. Move the adjustable coupler hook (3) by turning thehex head (5) clockwise into the fully retracted position.

3. Lower front coupler hook (4) to pin (2).

4. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off theground.

5. Lower adjustable coupler hook to pin (1).

NOTE: Do not torque hex head to greater than270 N·m (200 lb-ft).

6. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanismcounterclockwise until the adjustable coupler hookcontacts the back pin.

CAUTION: Ensure the supplement hex lock isengaged. If this is not locked over the hex head,the screw can turn and the attachment can fall off.

7. Visually check the coupler to verify that both hooks arefirmly in contact with the attachment pins. Ensure thesupplemental lock (6) is engaged.

8. Verify the attachment is properly locked by performinga ground test before using.

9. Place the bucket on the ground and uncurl to ensurethe attachment is secured to the coupler.

Unlocking Coupler:

1. Position machine and coupler to disconnect from theattachment.

2. Rotate the coupler so that the center of the attachmentpin (2) and center of the adjustable coupler hook arein line.

TX1021632A

—UN—09APR07

TX1021636A

—UN—09APR07

1—Pin2—Pin3—Adjustable Coupler Hook

4—Front Coupler Hook5—Hex Head6—Supplemental Lock

3. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off theground.

4. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanismclockwise until the adjustable coupler hook is clearfrom the back pin. Loosen the screw mechanism withthe hand rachet to fully release the attachment pinfrom the coupler.

5. Keeping the attachment close to the ground, slowlyretract the bucket cylinder.

6. With the attachment flat on the ground, uncurl thecoupler from the attachment. Assure the attachmentis on a flat, stable surface and will not move whenreleased from the coupler.

2-2-21 020113

PN=69


VD76477,0001142 -19-06JUL09-1/1

Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine motion. The attachmentcould fall if not properly installed to loadercoupler. Operator must be aware of allbystanders at the worksite.

1. Position machine on firm, level ground.

2. Lower boom. Stop machine.

3. Push in and lift loader coupler switch (1) to the “unlock”position to retract coupler pins. Loader coupler pinindicator (2) will illuminate and chime will sound.

4. Operate bucket control to move coupler frame forward.

5. Drive forward. Guide top of coupler frame intoattachment mounting hooks.

6. Raise boom. Tilt mounting frame rearward untilattachment is against coupler.

7. Push coupler switch down to the “lock” position toengage coupler pins. Indicator light will turn off andchime will stop sounding.

NOTE: If attachment is not properly latched,disconnect and attach again.

8. Raise boom. Visually inspect attachment to verifythat loader coupler pin plate (3) is pressed againstthe loader coupler structure (4) and that the pins areengaged in attachment mounting holes.

TX1002790A

—UN—18JAN06

TX1014133A

—UN—26OCT06

Left Side Shown

1—Loader Coupler Switch—IfEquipped

2—Loader Coupler PinIndicator—If Equipped

3—Loader Coupler Pin Plate (1on each side)

4—Loader Coupler Structure(1 on each side)

2-2-22 020113

PN=70


VD76477,000138B -19-08JAN07-1/1

Operating LoaderIMPORTANT: Operate loader facing forward in

the operator’s seat only.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loaderboom while the engine hood is open. Alwaysclose the engine hood fully before movingthe front loader boom, or severe damage tothe engine hood will occur. See Opening andClosing Engine Hood. (Section 3-2.)

NOTE: Loader control lever will return to neutral ifreleased during normal loader operation.

Push lever in following directions for corresponding loadermovements:

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Float” whenmoved fully forward (A). Loader control lever willstay in “Float” until it is manually moved.

NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Return-to-Dig”when bucket is dumped and lever is movedfully left (C). Lever will return to neutral whenbucket is in dig position.

Loader control lever will give resistance whenboom is raised and lever is held in “BucketRoll-Back” (C). Lever will return to neutralwhen bucket is self-leveled.

Use the “Float” and “Return-to-Dig” detents at the sametime to quickly position the front loader bucket for loading,as when driving into a pile of material. When front loaderboom and bucket are in correct position, the loader controllever will automatically release from “Return-to-Dig”detent, but will remain in “Float” detent.

For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desireddirection, run engine at fast idle, and move boom andbucket at same time.

T131727D

—UN—21JU

L00

Optional Three-Function Controls Shown

T132341B

—UN—11JU

L00

A—Boom Lower and FloatB—Boom Raise

C—Bucket Roll-Back andReturn-to-Dig

D—Bucket Dump

2-2-23 020113

PN=71


JH91824,00009AD -19-10FEB10-1/1

ER93822,0000077 -19-18DEC07-1/1

Operating Differential Lock

CAUTION: Prevent injury from loss of machinecontrol. DO NOT engage differential lock whendriving at high speed or steering will be limited.

Avoid machine damage and prevent injuryfrom loss of machine control. DO NOT engagedifferential lock when turning.

Prevent injury from unexpected machinemovement. When poor traction results inone rear tire spinning, slow the tire's rotationbefore engaging differential lock. Internal axledamage can occur if lock is applied with onerear wheel spinning at high speed.

IMPORTANT: Avoid axle damage. Engage differentiallock only while machine is at idle.

The differential lock function has a setting in the StandardDisplay Monitor (SDM) called DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT,OFF or On. When enabled (ON) the system automaticallydisables the differential lock system when engine speed isover 1000 RPM even though the floor switch is engaged.When the function is disable (OFF) the operator has fullcontrol of the differential locking system with the floorswitch.

TX1060003A

—UN—29MAY

09

1—Differential Lock Switch

To engage rear differential lock, first, reduce engine speedto idle, then, press down and hold differential lock switch(1). When rear differential is locked, both rear wheels turnat the same speed.

Unequal traction will keep the rear differential locked. Ifthe differential lock foot switch is released, the differentiallock disengages automatically when traction evens out.Hold differential lock switch continuously to keep reardifferential locked when traction is even.

Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive(MFWD)—If EquippedIMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage.

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) canbe engaged and disengaged while driving,except in cases of unequal traction. Machinemust be stopped before engaging MFWDduring unequal traction.

NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tirewear, operate MFWD only when needed.

To achieve best MFWD performance, be surefront tires are inflated to proper air pressure. SeeTire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

NOTE: Whenever the TCL is in the 4F position, MFWDwill be automatically disengaged. However, ineffort to increase braking performance, MFWDwill automatically engage in 4F whenever theservice brakes are applied.

Push MFWD switch (1) up to engage MFWD drive shaft.MFWD indicator (2) will remain lit while MFWD is engaged.

Push MFWD switch down to disengage MFWD.

1—MFWD Switch 2—MFWD Indicator

TX1013937A

—UN—23OCT06

TX1013996A

—UN—26OCT06

2-2-24 020113

PN=72


VD76477,0001207 -19-07MAR07-1/1

Continued on next page VD76477,000112D -19-20SEP10-1/2

Lifting

CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Nevermove load over person’s head. DO NOT allowany persons near the load. Keep all personsaway from raised load until blocks are supportingit or load is sitting on the ground.

Ensure chain/sling is in good condition andis rated for load being lifted.

1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling tobuckets at positions shown. For capacities of backhoesee Miscellaneous—Specifications. (Section 4-6.)

2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use longenough line to ensure that person holding it is a safedistance from load.

3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:

NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground50 mm (2 in.) and ensure machine is level. Ifground is soft, place boards or other wide supportunder stabilizer feet to increase stability.

a. Park machine close to load.

b. Attach load to chain/sling.

c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.

d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to one side.

e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend itaway from machine.

If there is any indication of reduced stability of the machine,lower load to the ground and make necessary adjustments

TX1014618A

—UN—03NOV06

Lifting With Front Loader

TX1014625A

—UN—03NOV06

Lifting With Backhoe

so machine can successfully perform test. Do not lift loaduntil machine can perform test at acceptable level.

Parking the MachineIMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been

operating at working load, idle at 1/3 speedfor 1—2 minutes to cool hot parts. If enginestalls while operating under load, restartimmediately and idle at 1/3 speed for 1—2minutes before stopping to allow coolant tocontinue circulating through engine.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger, if equipped, may bedamaged if engine is not properly shut down.

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Lower all equipment to ground.

3. Move transmission control lever (TCL) (1) to N.

TX1081803A

—UN—13SEP10

Transmission Control Lever

1—Transmission Control Lever(TCL)

2-2-25 020113

PN=73


VD76477,000112D -19-20SEP10-2/2

HG31779,000007C -19-26JAN10-1/1

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Never rely ontransmission control lever (TCL) and gearshiftlever to keep machine from moving. Alwaysengage park brake to hold machine.

4. Push left half of park brake switch (2) to engage parkbrake.

5. Move engine speed control lever (3) to 1/3 speed andrun engine with no load for 1—2 minutes.

6. Move engine speed control lever to slow idle.

7. Turn key switch (4) to “Off” to stop engine. Removekey from key switch.

8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control leversuntil equipment does not move.

2—Park Brake Switch3—Engine Speed Control

Lever

4—Key Switch

324

TX1081616—UN—13SEP10

Loading Machine on a Trailer

1. Keep trailer bed clean. Put wheel chocks againsttrailer wheels.

2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strongenough, have a low angle, and correct height. Loadand unload machine on a level surface.

3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow engineto run for several minutes.

4. Install the extendible dipperstick locking pin, ifequipped, and engage the backhoe swing lock.

5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline ofmachine over centerline of trailer.

6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.

7. Lower backhoe boom until bucket rests on trailer bed.

8. Stop engine.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic systemdamage. Fasten chains or cables to machineat proper locations.

9. Fasten chains or cables from trailer to frame tie-downs.Do not route chains or cables over or against hydrauliclines or hoses.

TX1070084—UN—26JAN10

Machine Tie Down Locations

10. Fasten backhoe bucket to trailer with chains or cablesto prevent movement during transport.

11. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to keepdust and rain out of pipe.

2-2-26 020113

PN=74


Continued on next page VD76477,00010F8 -19-09JUL09-1/2

TowingIMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.

Damage to transmission may result. DONOT tow machine faster than 10 km/hr (6mph) or any longer than 1 hour.

Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,use the following procedure:

1. Stop engine.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or deathfrom unexpected machine movement. Blockwheels to prevent machine movement beforedisengaging park brake.

2. Block tires securely.

3. Attach towing machine and towed machine as closelytogether as possible with chains.

4. If your machine is equipped with mechanical frontwheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.

5. Move gearshift lever and transmission control lever(TCL) to N.

6. Remove front half of rubber mat from floor ofoperator's station. Remove cap screws (A) and cabfloor access plate (B).

TX1013758A

—UN—18OCT06

A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Cab Floor Access Plate

2-2-27 020113

PN=75


VD76477,00010F8 -19-09JUL09-2/2

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brakeassembly from heat build-up, park brakemust be manually disengaged.

7. Release park brake manually for towing. Loosen hexnuts (B) and turn both park brake adjustment capscrews (A) completely in.

8. Remove blocks from tires and tow machine.

9. When towing is completed, block tires and engagepark brake to hold machine. Turn both park brakeadjustment cap screws out to specification (C) asillustrated.

SpecificationPark Brake AdjustmentCap Screw-to-Park BrakeHousing—Distance.................................................................. 27 + 1 mm

1.06 + 0.04 in.

10. Tighten hex nuts to lock cap screws in position.

11. Install central floor access plate and rubber floor mat.

12. Install front axle drive shaft, if removed.

A—Park Brake Adjustment CapScrew (2 used)

B—Hex Nut (2 used)

C—Specification

T132351B

—UN—13JU

L00

T102655—UN—10SEP96

2-2-28 020113

PN=76

Maintenance—Machine

DX,FUEL1 -19-11APR11-1/1

DX,FUEL5 -19-14APR11-1/1

Diesel Fuel

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of thediesel fuel available in your area.

In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the lowtemperature requirements of the geographical area inwhich they are marketed.

Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 arerecommended. Renewable diesel fuel produced byhydrotreating animal fats and vegetable oils is basicallyidentical to petroleum diesel fuel. Renewable diesel thatmeets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at allpercentage mixture levels.

Required Fuel Properties

In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties:

Cetane number of 43 minimum. Cetane number greaterthan 47 is preferred, especially for temperatures below–20°C (–4°F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft.).

Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least 5°C(9°F) below the expected lowest temperature or CloudPoint below the expected lowest ambient temperature.

Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.

Diesel fuel quality and sulfur content must comply withall existing emissions regulations for the area in whichthe engine operates. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfurcontent greater than 10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

Sulfur content for Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B engines

• Use ONLY ultra low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel with amaximum of 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur content.

Sulfur Content for Tier 3 and Stage III A Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 1000mg/kg (1000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 1000–5000 mg/kg(1000–5000 ppm) REDUCES oil and filter changeintervals.

• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deeredealer

Sulfur Content for Tier 2 and Stage II Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 500mg/kg (500 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 500–5000 mg/kg(500–5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter changeinterval• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deeredealer

Sulfur Content for Other Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 5000mg/kg (5000 ppm) is recommended.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 5000mg/kg (5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter changeintervals.

IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or anyother type of lubricating oil with diesel fuel.

IMPORTANT: Improper fuel additive usage maycause damage on fuel injection equipmentof diesel engines.

Lubricity of Diesel Fuel

Most diesel fuels manufactured in the United States,Canada, and the European Union have adequate lubricityto ensure proper operation and durability of fuel injectionsystem components. However, diesel fuels manufacturedin some areas of the world may lack the necessary lubricity.

IMPORTANT: Make sure the diesel fuel usedin your machine demonstrates goodlubricity characteristics.

Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.

If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add John DeereFuel-Protect Diesel Fuel Conditioner (or equivalent) atthe specified concentration.

Lubricity of Biodiesel Fuel

Fuel lubricity can improve significantly with biodieselblends up to B20 (20% biodiesel). Further increase inlubricity is limited for biodiesel blends greater than B20.

3-1-1 020113

PN=77


DX,FUEL4 -19-14APR11-1/1

Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

CAUTION: Reduce the risk of fire. Handle fuelcarefully. DO NOT fill the fuel tank when engineis running. DO NOT smoke while you fill thefuel tank or service the fuel system.

Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day's operation toprevent water condensation and freezing during coldweather.

Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to minimizecondensation.

Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installedproperly to prevent moisture from entering. Monitor watercontent of the fuel regularly.

When using biodiesel fuel, the fuel filter may require morefrequent replacement due to premature plugging.

Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. Arising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.

IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through thefiller cap. If a new filler cap is required, alwaysreplace it with an original vented cap.

When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there is aslow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to stabilize thefuel and prevent water condensation. Contact your fuelsupplier for recommendations.

3-1-2 020113

PN=78


Continued on next page DX,FUEL7 -19-29AUG12-1/2

Biodiesel Fuel

Biodiesel fuel is comprised of mono-alkyl esters of longchain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or animalfats. Biodiesel blends are biodiesel mixed with petroleumdiesel fuel on a volume basis.

Before using fuel containing biodiesel, review theBiodiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations inthis Operator’s Manual.

Environmental laws and regulations can encourage orprohibit the use of biofuels. Operators should consultwith appropriate governmental authorities prior to usingbiofuels.

All John Deere Engines with Exhaust Filter (Released2011 and After)

While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, biodieselconcentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleumdiesel fuel can be used. Biodiesel blends up to B20can be used ONLY if the biodiesel (100% biodiesel orB100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalentspecification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3%reduction in fuel economy when using B20.

Biodiesel concentrations above B20 can harm theengine’s emission control systems and should not beused. Risks include, but are not limited to, more frequentstationary regeneration, soot accumulation, and increasedintervals for ash removal.

John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which containdetergent and dispersant additives, are required whenusing B20, and are recommended when using lowerbiodiesel blends.

All John Deere Engines Excluding Exhaust Filter(Primarily Released Prior to 2012)

While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, biodieselconcentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleumdiesel fuel can be used. Biodiesel blends up to B20can be used ONLY if the biodiesel (100% biodiesel orB100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalentspecification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3%reduction in fuel economy when using B20.

These John Deere engines can operate on biodieselblends above B20 (up to 100% biodiesel). Operate atlevels above B20 ONLY if the biodiesel is permitted by lawand meets the EN 14214 specification (primarily availablein Europe). Engines operating on biodiesel blends aboveB20 might not fully comply with or be permitted by allapplicable emissions regulations. Expect up to a 12%reduction in power and an 18% reduction in fuel economywhen using 100% biodiesel.

John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which containdetergent and dispersant additives, are required whenusing B20, and are recommended when using lowerbiodiesel blends.

Biodiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations

The petroleum diesel portion of all biodiesel blends mustmeet the requirements of ASTM D975 (US) or EN 590(EU) commercial standards.

Biodiesel users in the U.S. are strongly encouraged topurchase biodiesel blends from a BQ-9000 CertifiedMarketer and sourced from a BQ-9000 AccreditedProducer (as certified by the National Biodiesel Board).Certified Marketers and Accredited Producers can befound at the following website: http://www.bq9000.org.

Biodiesel contains residual ash. Ash levels exceeding themaximums allowed in either ASTM D6751 or EN14214can result in more rapid ash loading and require morefrequent cleaning of the Exhaust Filter (if present).

The fuel filter can require more frequent replacement,when using biodiesel fuel, particularly if switching fromdiesel. Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine.A rising oil level can indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.Biodiesel blends up to B20 must be used within 90 daysof the date of biodiesel manufacture. If used, biodieselblends above B20 must be used within 45 days from thedate of biodiesel manufacture.

When using biodiesel blends up to B20, the followingmust be considered:

• Cold weather flow degradation• Stability and storage issues (moisture absorption,microbial growth)• Possible filter restriction and plugging (usually a problemwhen first switching to biodiesel on used engines.)• Possible fuel leakage through seals and hoses(primarily an issue with older engines)• Possible reduction of service life of engine componentsRequest a certificate of analysis from your fuel distributorto ensure that the fuel is compliant with the specificationsprovided in this Operator’s Manual.

Consult your John Deere dealer for approved fuelconditioners to improve storage and performance withbiodiesel fuels.

The following must also be considered if using biodieselblends above B20:

• Possible coking or blocked injector nozzles, resulting inpower loss and engine misfire if John Deere approvedfuel conditioners are not used• Possible crankcase oil dilution (requiring more frequentoil changes)• Possible lacquering or seizure of internal components• Possible formation of sludge and sediments• Possible thermal oxidation of fuel at elevatedtemperatures• Possible compatibility issues with other materials(including copper, lead, zinc, tin, brass, and bronze)used in fuel handling equipment• Possible reduction in water separator efficiency• Possible damage to paint if exposed to biodiesel

3-1-3 020113

PN=79


DX,FUEL7 -19-29AUG12-2/2

DX,FUEL6 -19-14APR11-1/1

• Possible corrosion of fuel injection equipment• Possible elastomeric seal and gasket materialdegradation (primarily an issue with older engines)• Possible high acid levels within fuel system• Because biodiesel blends above B20 contain moreash, using blends above B20 can result in more rapidash loading and require more frequent cleaning of theExhaust Filter (if present)

IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils areNOT acceptable for use as fuel in anyconcentration in John Deere engines. Theiruse could cause engine failure.

Testing Diesel FuelA fuel analysis program can help to monitor the qualityof diesel fuel. The fuel analysis can provide criticaldata such as cetane number, fuel type, sulfur content,water content, appearance, suitability for cold weather

operations, bacteria, cloud point, acid number, particulatecontamination, and whether the fuel meets specification.

Contact your John Deere dealer for more information ondiesel fuel analysis.

3-1-4 020113

PN=80


DX,FUEL10 -19-20APR11-1/1

Minimizing the Effect of Cold Weather on Diesel Engines

John Deere diesel engines are designed to operateeffectively in cold weather.

However, for effective starting and cold weather operation,a little extra care is necessary. The information belowoutlines steps that can minimize the effect that coldweather may have on starting and operation of yourengine. See your John Deere dealer for additionalinformation and local availability of cold weather aids.

Use Winter Grade Fuel

When temperatures fall below 0°C (32°F), winter gradefuel (No. 1-D in North America) is best suited for coldweather operation. Winter grade fuel has a lower cloudpoint and a lower pour point.

Cloud point is the temperature at which wax will begin toform in the fuel and this wax causes fuel filters to plug.Pour point is the lowest temperature at which movementof the fuel is observed.

NOTE: On average, winter grade diesel fuel has a lowerBtu (heat content) rating. Using winter grade fuelmay reduce power and fuel efficiency, but should notcause any other engine performance effects. Checkthe grade of fuel being used before troubleshootingfor low power complaints in cold weather operation.

Air Intake Heater

An air intake heater is an available option for someengines to aid cold weather starting.

Ether

An ether port on the intake is available to aid cold weatherstarting.

CAUTION: Ether is highly flammable. Do notuse ether when starting an engine equippedwith glow plugs or an air intake heater.

Coolant Heater

An engine block heater (coolant heater) is an availableoption to aid cold weather starting.

Seasonal Viscosity Oil and Proper CoolantConcentration

Use seasonal grade viscosity engine oil based on theexpected air temperature range between oil changesand a proper concentration of low silicate antifreeze asrecommended. (See DIESEL ENGINE OIL and ENGINECOOLANT requirements in this section.)

Diesel Fuel Flow Additive

Use John Deere Fuel-Protect Diesel Fuel Conditioner(winter formula), which contains anti-gel chemistry, orequivalent fuel conditioner to treat non-winter grade fuel(No. 2-D in North America) during the cold weatherseason. This generally extends operability to about 10°C(18°F) below the fuel cloud point. For operability at evenlower temperatures, use winter grade fuel.

IMPORTANT: Treat fuel when outside temperaturedrops below 0°C (32°F). For best results, usewith untreated fuel. Follow all recommendedinstructions on label.

BioDiesel

When operating with biodiesel blends, wax formation canoccur at warmer temperatures. Begin using John DeereFuel-Protect Diesel Fuel Conditioner (winter formula) at5°C (41°F) to treat biodiesel fuels during the cold weatherseason. Use B5 or lower blends at temperatures below0°C (32°F). Use only winter grade petroleum diesel fuelat temperatures below -10°C (14°F).

Winterfronts

Use of fabric, cardboard, or solid winterfronts is notrecommended with any John Deere engine. Their usecan result in excessive engine coolant, oil, and chargeair temperatures. This can lead to reduced engine life,loss of power and poor fuel economy. Winterfronts mayalso put abnormal stress on fan and fan drive componentspotentially causing premature failures.

If winterfronts are used, they should never totally closeoff the grill frontal area. Approximately 25% area in thecenter of the grill should remain open at all times. At notime should the air blockage device be applied directlyto the radiator core.

Radiator Shutters

If equipped with a thermostatically controlled radiatorshutter system, this system should be regulated in such away that the shutters are completely open by the time thecoolant reaches 93°C (200°F) to prevent excessive intakemanifold temperatures. Manually controlled systems arenot recommended.

If air-to-air aftercooling is used, the shutters must becompletely open by the time the intake manifold airtemperature reaches the maximum allowable temperatureout of the charge air cooler.

For more information, see your John Deere dealer.

3-1-5 020113

PN=81


AM40430,00000AA -19-03NOV08-1/1

VD76477,0001322 -19-31MAR11-1/1

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may requirelubricant recommendations different from those printedin this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants andlubricants may not be available in your location.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet theperformance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown in thismanual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if thefinished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

Avoid mixing different brands or types of oils. Oilmanufacturers blend base stock and additives tocreate their oils and to meet certain specifications andperformance requirements. Mixing different oils caninterfere with proper functioning of these formulations anddegrade lubricant performance.

Consult your authorized John Deere dealer to obtainspecific information and recommendations.

Diesel Engine Break-In™ Oil

New engines are filled at the factory with either JohnDeere Break-In™ or Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil. Duringthe break-in period, add John Deere Break-In or Break-InPlus Engine Oil, respectively, as needed to maintain thespecified oil level.

Operate the engine under various conditions, particularlyheavy loads with minimal idling, to help seat enginecomponents properly.

Change the oil and filter at 250 hours maximum forBreak-In Oil or 500 hours maximum for Break-In Plus Oilduring the initial operation of a new or rebuilt engine.

After engine overhaul, fill the engine with either JohnDeere Break-In or Break-In Plus Engine Oil.

If John Deere Break-In or Break-In Plus Engine Oil is notavailable, use a 10W-30 diesel engine oil meeting one ofthe following during the first 250 hours of operation:

• API Service Classification CE• API Service Classification CD• API Service Classification CC• ACEA Oil Sequence E2• ACEA Oil Sequence E1

IMPORTANT: Do not use Plus-50™ II, Plus-50, orengine oils meeting any of the following for theinitial break-in of a new or rebuilt engine:

API CJ-4 ACEA E9API CI-4 PLUS ACEA E7API CI-4 ACEA E6API CH-4 ACEA E5API CG-4 ACEA E4API CF-4 ACEA E3API CF-2API CF

These oils will not allow the engine tobreak in properly.

John Deere Break-In Plus Engine Oil can be used for allJohn Deere diesel engines at all emission certificationlevels.

After the break-in period, use John Deere Plus-50 II, JohnDeere Plus-50, or other diesel engine oil as recommendedin this manual.

Break-In is a trademark of Deere & Company.Break-In Plus is a trademark of Deere & CompanyPlus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.

3-1-6 020113

PN=82


VD76477,00004E2 -19-23MAY12-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil—Tier 2 and Stage II Engines

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

John Deere Plus-50™ II oil is preferred.

John Deere Plus-50 is also recommended.

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of thefollowing:

• John Deere Torq-Gard™• API Service Category CJ-4• API Service Category CI-4 PLUS• API Service Category CI-4• API Service Category CH-4• ACEA Oil Sequence E9• ACEA Oil Sequence E7• ACEA Oil Sequence E6• ACEA Oil Sequence E5• ACEA Oil Sequence E4• ACEA Oil Sequence E3

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must complywith all existing emissions regulations for the area inwhich the engine operates.

DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

-40˚C

-30˚C

-20˚C

-10˚C

0˚C

10˚C

20˚C

30˚C

40˚C

50˚C

-40˚F

-22˚F

-4˚F

14˚F

32˚F

50˚F

68˚F

86˚F

104˚F

122˚F

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-3

0

SA

E 0

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

TX1114353—UN—22MAY

12

Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTorq-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-7 020113

PN=83


VD76477,00004E3 -19-16JUL10-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals—Tier 2/Stage II Engine

The oil and filter service intervals in the following tableshould be used as guidelines. Actual service intervalsalso depend on operation and maintenance practices. Itis suggested to use oil analysis to determine the actualuseful life of the oil and to aid in selection of the properoil and filter service interval.

Oil and filter service intervals are based on a combinationof oil pan capacity, type of engine oil and filter used, andsulfur content of the diesel fuel.

Engine Oil and Filter Service IntervalsStandard Drain Oil Pan Extended Drain

Oil PanFuel Sulfur Less than 0.05% (500 ppm)Standard Oil 250 hours 250 hoursPremium Oil 375 hours 500 hoursFuel Sulfur 0.05 to 0.50% (500 to 5000 ppm)Standard Oil 150 hours 150 hoursPremium Oil 275 hours 400 hoursFuel Sulfur 0.50% to 1.00% (5000 ppm to 10 000 ppm)Standard Oil 125 hours 125 hoursPremium Oil 187 hours 250 hoursEngine oil analysis is required to determine the actual extended servicelife of premium oils ACEA E7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, and ACEA E4.

Diesel fuel sulfur level will affect engine oil and filterservice intervals. Higher fuel sulfur levels reduce oil andfilter service intervals as shown in the table.

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 0.05%(500 ppm) is strongly recommended.

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.05% (500 ppm)to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED oil andfilter change intervals as shown in the table.• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere dealer.

IMPORTANT: When using biodiesel blends greaterthan B20, reduce the oil and filter serviceinterval by 50% or monitor engine oil basedon test results from OILSCAN.

Oil types (premium or standard) in the table include:

• “Premium Oils” include John Deere PLUS-50™, ACEAE7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4 oils.• “Standard Oils” include John DeereTORQ-GARDSUPREME™, API CJ-4, API CI-4 PLUS, API CI-4, APICH-4, or ACEA E3 oils.

NOTE: The 500 hour extended oil and filter changeinterval is only allowed if all of the followingconditions are met:

• Engine equipped with an extended draininterval oil pan• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content lessthan 0.05% (500 ppm)• Use of premium oil: John Deere PLUS-50, ACEAE7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4• Perform engine oil analysis to determine theactual extended service life of ACEA E7, ACEAE6, ACEA E5, and ACEA E4 oils• Use of an approved John Deere oil filter

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-8 020113

PN=84


VD76477,00004E4 -19-23MAY12-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil—Tier 3 and Stage III AEnginesUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

John Deere Plus-50™ II oil is preferred.

John Deere Plus-50 is also recommended.


• John Deere Torq-Gard™• API Service Category CJ-4• API Service Category CI-4 PLUS• API Service Category CI-4• ACEA Oil Sequence E9• ACEA Oil Sequence E7• ACEA Oil Sequence E6• ACEA Oil Sequence E5• ACEA Oil Sequence E4

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must complywith all existing emissions regulations for the area inwhich the engine operates.

DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

-40˚C

-30˚C

-20˚C

-10˚C

0˚C

10˚C

20˚C

30˚C

40˚C

50˚C

-40˚F

-22˚F

-4˚F

14˚F

32˚F

50˚F

68˚F

86˚F

104˚F

122˚F

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-3

0

SA

E 0

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

TX1114353—UN—22MAY

12

Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTorq-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-9 020113

PN=85


VD76477,00004E5 -19-16JUL10-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals—Tier 3/Stage III A Engine

The oil and filter service intervals in the following tableshould be used as guidelines. Actual service intervalsalso depend on operation and maintenance practices. Itis suggested to use oil analysis to determine the actualuseful life of the oil and to aid in selection of the properoil and filter service interval.

Oil and filter service intervals are based on a combinationof oil pan capacity, type of engine oil and filter used, andsulfur content of the diesel fuel.

Diesel fuel sulfur level will affect engine oil and filterservice intervals. Higher fuel sulfur levels reduce oil andfilter service intervals as shown in the table.

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 0.10%(1000 mg/kg) is strongly recommended.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000mg/kg) to 0.50% (5000 mg/kg) may result in REDUCEDoil and filter change intervals as shown in the table.• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 0.50% (5000 mg/kg), contact your John Deeredealer.• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than1.00% (10 000 mg/kg).

IMPORTANT: When using biodiesel blends greaterthan B20, reduce the oil and filter serviceinterval by 50% or monitor engine oil basedon test results from Oilscan.

Oil types in the table include:

• John Deere Plus-50™ II and John Deere Plus-50• “Other Oils” include John Deere Torq-Gard Supreme™,API CJ-4, API CI-4 PLUS, API CI-4, ACEA E9, ACEAE7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4 oils.

Use of lower specification oils in Tier 3 engines may resultin premature engine failure.

NOTE: The 500 hour extended oil and filter change intervalis only allowed if all the following conditions are met:

• Engine equipped with an extended draininterval oil pan• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content lessthan 0.50% (5000 mg/kg)• Use of John Deere Plus-50™ II or JohnDeere Plus-50 oil• Use of an approved John Deere oil filter

U.S. Tier 3 and EU Stage III A - PowerTech Plus™ U.S. Tier 3 and EU Stage III A - PowerTech™Oil Pan Size (L/kW) Oil Pan Size (L/kW)

Oil pan capacity Greater than orequal to 0.10

Greater than orequal to 0.12






Fuel Sulfur Less than 0.10% (1000 mg/kg) Less than 0.10% (1000 mg/kg)Plus-50 375 hours 500 hours 500 hours 500 hours 375 hours 500 hours 500 hours

Other Oils 250 hours 250 hours 250 hours 250 hours 250 hours 250 hours 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 0.10 - 0.20% (1000 - 2000 mg/kg) 0.10 - 0.20% (1000 - 2000 mg/kg)Plus-50 300 hours 300 hours 500 hours 500 hours 300 hours 400 hours 500 hours

Other Oils 200 hours 200 hours 250 hours 250 hours 200 hours 200 hours 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 0.20 - 0.50% (2000 - 5000 mg/kg) 0.20 - 0.50% (2000 - 5000 mg/kg)Plus-50 250 hours 250 hours 300 hours 500 hours 275 hours 350 hours 500 hours

Other Oils 150 hours 150 hours 200 hours 250 hours 150 hours 175 hours 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 0.50 - 1.00% (5000 - 10 000 mg/kg) 0.50 - 1.00% (5000 - 10 000 mg/kg)Plus-50 Contact John Deere Dealer (dealer refers to DTAC solutions) 187 hours 250 hours 250 hours

Other Oils Contact John Deere Dealer (dealer refers to DTAC solutions) 125 hours 125 hours 125 hoursThe service interval of “Other Oils” may be extended only if oil analysis is performed to determine the actual service life, to a maximum not toexceed that of Plus-50.

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTorq-Gard Supreme is a trademark of Deere & CompanyPowerTech Plus is a trademark of Deere & CompanyPowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-10 020113

PN=86


VD76477,00010CF -19-17JUL07-1/1

VD76477,00010D0 -19-04APR07-1/1

Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical FrontWheel Drive (MFWD) OilUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD™• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD™

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

• John Deere Standard JDM J20C• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid isrequired:

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™

TS1660

—UN—10OCT97

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & CompanyBIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Hydraulic OilUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

The following oil is preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50™The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME™


• API Service Classification CH-4• API Service Classification CG-4• API Service Classification CF-4• ACEA Specification E3• ACEA Specification E2

TX1017022—UN—21DEC06

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-11 020113

PN=87


VD76477,00012D0 -19-19MAY10-1/1

DX,COOL3 -19-14APR11-1/1

GreaseUse grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and theexpected air temperature range during the service interval.

John Deere Moly High Temperature/EP Grease ispreferred.

The following greases are also recommended:

• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease containing 3-5%molybdenum disulfide• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease

IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are notcompatible with others. Consult your greasesupplier before mixing different types of grease.

TX1075818—UN—06APR10

Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system is filled to provide year-roundprotection against corrosion and cylinder liner pitting, andwinter freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If protection atlower temperatures is required, consult your John Deeredealer for recommendations.

The following engine coolants are preferred:

• John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG Premix

Use John Deere COOL-GARD II PG Premix when anon-toxic coolant formulation is required.

Additional Recommended Coolants

The following engine coolant is also recommended:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II Concentrate in a 40–60%mixture of concentrate with quality water.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Premix, COOL-GARD II PGPremix, and COOL-GARD II Concentrate coolants do notrequire use of supplemental coolant additives.

Other Coolants

John Deere COOL-GARD II and COOL-GARD II PGcoolants might not be available in the geographical areawhere service is performed.

If these coolants are unavailable, use a coolantconcentrate or prediluted coolant intended for use with

heavy duty diesel engines and with a minimum of thefollowing chemical and physical properties:

• Is formulated with a quality nitrite-free additive package.• Provides cylinder liner cavitation protection according toeither the John Deere Cavitation Test Method or a fleetstudy run at or above 60% load capacity• Protects the cooling system metals (cast iron, aluminumalloys, and copper alloys such as brass) from corrosion

The additive package must be part of one of the followingcoolant mixtures:

• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted(40—60%) heavy duty coolant• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base heavyduty coolant concentrate in a 40—60% mixture ofconcentrate with quality water

Water Quality

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol andpropylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealingadditives or antifreeze that containssealing additives.

Do not mix ethylene glycol and propyleneglycol base coolants.

Do not use coolants that contain nitrites.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-12 020113

PN=88


DX,COOL11 -19-14APR11-1/1

DX,COOL16 -19-20APR11-1/1

Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine Coolant

Drain and flush the cooling system and refill with freshcoolant at the indicated interval, which varies with thecoolant used.

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix, COOL-GARDII PG Premix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate aremaintenance free coolants for up to six years or 6000hours of operation, provided that the cooling system istopped off using only John Deere COOL-GARD II Premixor COOL-GARD II PG Premix.

Test the coolant condition annually with Coolant TestStrips designed for use with John Deere COOL-GARDII coolants. If the test strip chart indicates that additiveis required, add John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender as directed.

If John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix, COOL-GARD IIPG Premix, or COOL-GARD II Concentrate is used, butthe coolant is not tested OR additives are not replenishedby adding John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender,the drain interval is four years or 4000 hours of operation.This drain interval only applies to COOL-GARD II coolantsthat have been maintained within a 40—60% mixture ofconcentrate with quality water.

If a coolant other than COOL-GARD II, or COOL-GARDII PG is used, reduce the drain interval to two years or2000 hours of operation.


John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Coolant Extender

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. For John Deere COOL-GARD™ IIPremix, COOL-GARD II PG Premix, and COOL-GARD IIConcentrate, replenish coolant additives between drainintervals by adding John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender should notbe added unless indicated by coolant testing.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is achemically matched additive system for use with allJohn Deere COOL-GARD II coolants. John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is not intended for usewith nitrite-containing coolants.

IMPORTANT: Do not add a supplemental coolantadditive when the cooling system is drainedand refilled with any of the following:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG

The use of non-recommended supplemental coolantadditives may result in additive drop-out, gelation of thecoolant, or corrosion of cooling system components.

Add the recommended concentration of John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender. DO NOT add morethan the recommended amount.


3-1-13 020113

PN=89


DX,COOL4 -19-14APR11-1/1

DX,COOL6 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Supplemental Coolant Additives

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. For nitrite-containing coolants,replenish coolant additives between drain intervals byadding a supplemental coolant additive as determinednecessary by coolant testing.

John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner is recommendedas a supplemental coolant additive for nitrite-containingcoolants.

John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner is not designedfor use with John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix,COOL-GARD II PG Premix, or COOL-GARD IIConcentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not add a supplemental coolantadditive when the cooling system is drainedand refilled with any of the following:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG

If other coolants are used, consult the coolant supplierand follow the manufacturer's recommendation for use ofsupplemental coolant additives.

The use of non-recommended supplemental coolantadditives may result in additive drop-out and gelation ofthe coolant.

Add the manufacturer's recommended concentration ofsupplemental coolant additive. DO NOT add more thanthe recommended amount.


Operating in Warm Temperature Climates

John Deere engines are designed to operate using glycolbase engine coolants.

Always use a recommended glycol base engine coolant,even when operating in geographical areas where freezeprotection is not required.

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix is available in aconcentration of 50% ethylene glycol. However, thereare situations in warm temperature climates where acoolant with lower glycol concentration (approximately20% ethylene glycol) has been approved. In these cases,the low glycol formulation has been modified to providethe same level of corrosion inhibitor as John DeereCOOL-GARD II Premix (50/50).

IMPORTANT: Water may be used as coolant inemergency situations only.

Foaming, hot surface aluminum and ironcorrosion, scaling, and cavitation will occurwhen water is used as the coolant, even whencoolant conditioners are added.

Drain cooling system and refill withrecommended glycol base engine coolantas soon as possible.


3-1-14 020113

PN=90


DX,COOL17 -19-20APR11-1/1

Additional Information About Diesel Engine Coolants and John Deere COOL-GARD™II Coolant Extender

Engine coolants are a combination of three chemicalcomponents: ethylene glycol (EG) or propylene glycol(PG) antifreeze, inhibiting coolant additives, and qualitywater.

Coolant Specifications

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix either EG orPG, are fully formulated coolants that contain all threecomponents in their correct concentrations. DO NOTadd an initial charge of John Deere COOL-GARD IICoolant Extender to COOL-GARD II Premix. DO NOTadd any other supplemental coolant additive or water toCOOL-GARD II Premix.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Concentrate contains bothethylene glycol and inhibiting coolant additives. Mix thisproduct with quality water, but DO NOT add an initialcharge of John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extenderor any other supplemental coolant additive.

Replenish Coolant Additives

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. Periodic replenishment of inhibitorsis required, even when John Deere COOL-GARD IIPremix or COOL-GARD II Concentrate is used. Followthe recommendations in this manual for the use of JohnDeere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender.

Why use John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender?

Operating without proper coolant additives will result inincreased corrosion, cylinder liner erosion and pitting, andother damage to the engine and cooling system. A simplemixture of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol and waterwill not give adequate protection.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is achemically matched additive system designed to fortify theproprietary additives used in John Deere COOL-GARD IIPremix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate and to provideoptimum protection for up to six years or 6000 hours ofoperation.

Avoid Automotive-type Coolants

Never use automotive-type coolants (such as thosemeeting ASTM D3306). These coolants do not contain thecorrect additives to protect heavy-duty diesel engines. Donot treat an automotive engine coolant with supplementalcoolant additives because the high concentration ofadditives can result in additive fallout.

Water Quality

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycoland propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.Allwater used in the cooling system should meet thefollowing minimum specifications for quality:Chlorides <40 mg/LSulfates <100 mg/LTotal dissolved solids <340 mg/LTotal hardness <170 mg/LpH 5.5 to 9.0

Freeze Protection

The relative concentrations of glycol and water in theengine coolant determine its freeze protection limit.

Ethylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit40% -24°C (-12°F)50% -37°C (-34°F)60% -52°C (-62°F)

Propylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit40% -21°C (-6°F)50% -33°C (-27°F)60% -49°C (-56°F)

DO NOT use a coolant-water mixture greater than 60%ethylene glycol or 60% propylene glycol.


3-1-15 020113

PN=91


DX,COOL9 -19-11APR11-1/1

Testing Diesel Engine Coolant

Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol andinhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect theengine and cooling system against freezing, corrosion,and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.

Test the coolant solution at intervals of 12 months or lessand whenever excessive coolant is lost through leaks oroverheating.

Coolant Test Strips

Coolant test strips are available from your John Deeredealer. These test strips provide a simple, effectivemethod to check the freeze point and additive levels ofyour engine coolant.

When Using John Deere COOL-GARD II

John Deere COOL-GARD II Premix™ , COOL-GARDII PG Premix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate aremaintenance free coolants for up to six years or 6000hours of operation, provided that the cooling system istopped off using only John Deere COOL-GARD II Premixor COOL-GARD II PG premix. Test the coolant conditionannually with coolant test strips designed for use withJohn Deere COOL-GARD II coolants. If the test stripchart indicates that additive is required, add John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender as directed.

Add only the recommended concentration of John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender. DO NOT add morethan the recommended amount.

When Using Nitrite-Containing Coolants

Compare the test strip results to the supplemental coolantadditive (SCA) chart to determine the amount of inhibitingadditives in your coolant and whether more John DeereLiquid Coolant Conditioner should be added.

Add only the recommended concentration of John DeereLiquid Coolant Conditioner. DO NOT add more than therecommended amount.

Coolant Analysis

For a more thorough evaluation of your coolant, perform acoolant analysis. The coolant analysis can provide criticaldata such as freezing point, antifreeze level, pH, alkalinity,nitrite content (cavitation control additive), molybdatecontent (rust inhibitor additive), silicate content, corrosionmetals, and visual assessment.

Contact your John Deere dealer for more information oncoolant analysis.


3-1-16 020113

PN=92

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

CED,OUO1079,418 -19-14DEC06-1/1

VD76477,00010F9 -19-10JUL09-1/1

CED,OUO1079,419 -19-18JAN02-1/1

Service Machine at Specified IntervalsLubricate and make service checks and adjustments atintervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (A),greasing maintenance chart (B), and in the maintenancesections.

Perform service on items at multiples of the originalrequirement. For example, at 500 hours also servicethose items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100hours, and 10 hours or daily.

Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are fornormal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions,service at shorter intervals.

T132353B

—UN—13JU

L00

A—Periodic Maintenance Chart B—Greasing MaintenanceChart

Check Hour Meter RegularlyCheck the hour meter (1) in the display window todetermine when the machine needs periodic maintenance.

To check the hour meter, turn the key switch on and pressthe SELECT button until the hour meter is displayed.

To check the hour meter with the key switch off, pressand hold the SELECT button.

1—Hour Meter

TX1013759A

—UN—26OCT06

Prepare Machine for Maintenance

IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste canthreaten the environment and ecology.Potentially harmful waste used with JohnDeere equipment includes such items as oil,fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.Do not pour waste onto the ground, down adrain, or into any water source.

Before performing procedures in the maintenancechapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park themachine, and release hydraulic pressure.

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Always installthe loader boom service lock, or lower the front

loader boom fully to the ground, and movecontrol levers to release hydraulic pressurebefore working near the front of the machine.See Loader Boom Service Lock in this sectionfor installation instructions.

Raise the front loader boom and install the loader boomservice lock before performing maintenance in the enginecompartment. See Loader Boom Service Lock in thissection.

If the machine is equipped with ride control, dischargehydraulic pressure from the ride control system beforeperforming maintenance. See Discharge Ride ControlSystem Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section 4-1.)

3-2-1 020113

PN=93


Continued on next page MD04263,000013E -19-20FEB09-1/3

Engine Identification

Use the following information to identify the engine aseither a Tier 3/Stage IIIA or Tier 2/Stage II engine.

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine Component Identification

Machines equipped with Tier 3/Stage IIIA engines havesurge tank (1) mounted at rear of engine compartmentand charge air cooler (2) on top right side of engine.

Tier 3/Stage IIIA engine machines have a differentplacement of muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier2/Stage II engines.

1—Surge Tank2—Charge Air Cooler

3—Muffler4—Air Cleaner

TX1035275A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine (left side view)

TX1035274A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine (right side view)

TX1035278A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine (detail)

3-2-2 020113

PN=94


Continued on next page MD04263,000013E -19-20FEB09-2/3

Tier 2/Stage II Engine Component Identification

Machines equipped with Tier 2/Stage II engines havesurge tank (1) mounted at front of engine compartment,and do not use a charge air cooler.

Tier 3/Stage IIIA engine machines have a differentplacement of muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier2/Stage II engines.

1—Surge Tank3—Muffler

4—Air Cleaner

TX1035276A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 2/Stage II Engine (left side view)

TX1035277A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 2/Stage II Engine (right side view)

TX1035279A

—UN—23JAN08

Tier 2/Stage II Engine (detail)

3-2-3 020113

PN=95


MD04263,000013E -19-20FEB09-3/3

Engine Serial and Model Number Identification

The engine serial number plate (7) is located on the rightrear of the engine block.

The fifth digit of the engine model number can be used toidentify an engine as either Tier 3/Stage IIIA or Tier 2/StageII based on aspiration method for this machine application.Engine Model Number4045HT054H ........................................

Turbocharger and air-to-wateraftercooled (Tier 3/Stage IIIAengine)

4045TT095T.........................................

Turbocharged, no aftercooling(Tier 2/Stage II engine)

5—Engine Serial Number6—Engine Model Number

7—Engine Serial Number Plate

TX1035401A

—UN—23JAN08

Engine Serial Number Plate Location

TX1035303—UN—29JAN08

Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine

TX1035305—UN—29JAN08

Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 2/Stage II Engine

3-2-4 020113

PN=96


HG31779,000007D -19-14MAY02-1/1

VD76477,0001132 -19-20OCT06-1/1

VD76477,00011F7 -19-07MAR07-1/1

Loader Boom Service Lock

Install loader boom service lock when front loader mustbe raised for service procedures.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loaderboom while the engine hood is open. Alwaysclose the engine hood fully before movingthe front loader boom, or severe damage tothe engine hood will occur.

Installing the Loader Boom Service Lock


2. Empty loader bucket and move bucket to dumpposition.

3. Raise boom until loader boom service lock can fit overcylinder rod.

4. Stop engine.

5. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin, and lower loaderboom service lock onto cylinder rod.

6. Install retaining pin and cotter pin to attach loaderboom service lock on cylinder rod.

7. Slowly lower boom until its weight settles onto theloader boom service lock.

Removing the Loader Boom Service Lock


2. Start engine and raise boom slightly to allow clearancebetween loader boom service lock and cylinder.

3. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin.

4. Lift loader boom service lock to storage position, andinstall retaining pin and cotter pin to retain.

Opening and Closing Engine Hood

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Always installthe loader boom service lock, or lower the frontloader boom fully to the ground, and movecontrol levers to release hydraulic pressurebefore working near the front of the machine.

IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower front loader boomwhile the engine hood is open. Always closeengine hood fully before moving front loaderboom, or severe damage to hood will occur.

NOTE: The engine hood can be partially opened whenthe front loader boom is lowered fully to theground. To fully open the engine hood, the frontloader boom must be fully raised and the loaderboom service lock must be installed.

Push hood tilt latch (1) and lift hood to open.

Pull hood support (2) and slowly lower hood to close.

1—Hood Tilt Latch 2—Hood Support

TX1013942A

—UN—23OCT06

TX1013950A

—UN—23OCT06

Fuel Tank

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engineis hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank.DO NOT smoke while filling fuel tank orworking on fuel system.

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of eachday’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.

SpecificationFuel Tank—Capacity....................................................................... 155 L

41 gal

3-2-5 020113

PN=97


AM40430,00002FE -19-19OCT11-1/1

Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and 3-WayCoolant Test KitFluid Analysis Program Test Kits and the 3-Way CoolantTest Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help youmonitor machine maintenance and system condition. Theobjective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure machineavailability when you need it and to reduce repair costs byidentifying potential problems before they become critical.

Engine, hydraulic, power train, and coolant samplesshould be taken from each system on a periodic basis,usually prior to a filter and/or fluid change interval. Certainsystems require more frequent sampling. Consult yourauthorized John Deere dealer on a maintenance programfor your specific application. Your authorized John Deeredealer has the sampling products and expertise to assistyou in lowering your overall operating costs through fluidsampling.

TX1003513A

—UN—20FE

B06

Fluid Analysis Kits

3-2-6 020113

PN=98


Continued on next page CS58540,0000049 -19-17MAY10-1/2

Service IntervalsModel: 310J and 310SJ PIN/Serial Number:Hour Meter Reading:

SERVICE INTERVALSService your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at 500hours also service those items listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

FLUID SAMPLINGTake fluid samples from each system as indicated on this form. The manufacturer of the fluid analysis kits will provide maintenancerecommendations based upon the results of the fluid analysis and the operating information you supply. Regular fluid sampling extends theoperational life of your machine.

As Required□ Inspect tires and check pressure □ Clean or replace engine air cleaner elements□ Check wheel fasteners □ Grease MFWD drive shaft spline (if equipped)□ Clean or replace cab fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped) □ Grease non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)□ Drain water and sediment from water separators □ Add coolant extender as indicated by COOL-GARD™ II test strips□ Drain water and sediment from auxiliary water separator fuel filter (if equipped)

Every 10 Hours or Daily□ Check hydraulic reservoir oil level □ Grease backhoe boom, crowd cylinders and pivots□ Check engine oil level □ Grease backhoe bucket cylinder and pivots□ Check coolant level □ Grease backhoe swing cylinder and pivots□ Inspect fuel water sediment bowls □ Grease MFWD front axle and U-joints (if equipped)□ Grease loader pivot points □ Grease non-powered front axle steering pivots (if equipped)□ Grease loader quick coupler (if equipped) □ Grease multipurpose bucket pivots (if equipped)□ Grease front axle pivot pin □ Grease backhoe coupler (if equipped)□ Grease stabilizer pivots and cylinder pins

Every 50 Hours□ Check transmission oil level □ Grease backhoe coupler fittings (if equipped)

Initial Service—250 Hours1

□ Change engine break-in oil and replace filter1Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours of operation.

Every 250 Hours□ Check MFWD planetary housing oil level (if equipped) □ Check rear axle oil level□ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level (if equipped) □ Take engine oil sample□ Check battery electrolyte level and tighten terminals

Every 500 Hours□ Check air intake hose □ Clean engine crankcase vent tube□ Check boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque □ Take rear axle oil sample□ Drain water and sediment from fuel tank □ Take diesel fuel sample□ Change engine oil and replace filter □ Take transmission oil sample□ Replace fuel filters □ Take hydraulic oil sample□ Replace auxiliary water separator fuel filter (if equipped) □ Take engine coolant sample

Every 1000 Hours□ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather □ Replace hydraulic oil filter□ Replace engine air cleaner elements □ Replace fuel breather□ Replace cab, fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped) □ Change transmission oil and replace filter□ Inspect serpentine belt □ Check coolant

3-2-7 020113

PN=99


CS58540,0000049 -19-17MAY10-2/2

□ Clean, pack, and adjust non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)

Every 2000 Hours□ Adjust engine valve lash □ Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir oil□ Drain and refill MFWD front axle housing oil (if equipped) □ Drain and refill rear axle and planetary oil□ Drain and refill MFWD planetary housing oil (if equipped) □ Inspect and clean hydraulic reservoir fill screen

Every 6000 Hours□ Drain and refill cooling system


3-2-8 020113

PN=100


Continued on next page CS58540,000004A -19-06JUN12-1/2

Required PartsREQUIRED PARTS

Ensure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associatedparts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.

Description PartNumber

InitialService1 -

250Hours

Every250

Hours

Every500

Hours

Every1000Hours

Every2000Hours

Every6000Hours

Engine Oil Filter RE504836 1 1 1 1 1Auxiliary Water Separator Fuel Filter (ifequipped)

AT365870 1 1 1 1

Hydraulic Oil Filter AT308274 1 1 1Hydraulic Reservoir Breather AT101565 1 1 1Fuel Breather AM107314 1 1 1Transmission Oil Filter AT179323 1 1 1Cab Fresh Air Filter AT191102 1 1 1Cab Recirculation Filter AT184590 1 1 1Engine 4045DT054

• Primary Fuel Filter RE529643 1 1 1 1

• Final Fuel Filter RE522878 1 1 1 1

• Engine Rocker Arm Cover Gasket R524468 1 1

• Air Filter Element―Primary AT332908 As Required

• Air Filter Element―Secondary AT332909 As Required

• Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve T179504 As Required

Engine 4045DT060



• Air Filter Element―Primary KV16429 As Required


• Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve R48568 As Required

Engine 4045TT094



• Air Filter Element―Primary KV16429 As Required


• Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve R48568 As Required

COOL-GARD™ II Pre-Mix:Tier 2/Stage II Engine TY26575 21.0 L

(5.5 gal.)Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine TY26575 25.0 L

(6.6 gal.)Coolant Extender TY26603 As RequiredJohn Deere PLUS-50™ II Engine Oil TY266742 13.0 L

(3.5 gal.)13.0 L(3.5 gal.)

13.0 L(3.5 gal.)

13.0 L(3.5 gal.)

13.0 L(3.5 gal.)

John Deere PLUS-50™ Hydraulic Oil TY63892 39.0 L(10.3 gal.)

39.0 L(10.3 gal.)

HY-GARD™ Transmission Oil:Transmission Oil TY63542 15.0 L

(4.0 gal.)15.0 L(4.0 gal.)

15.0 L(4.0 gal.)

MFWD Front Axle Housing and Planetary Oil(if equipped)

TY63542 8.5 L(2.25 gal.)

8.5 L(2.25 gal.)

Rear Axle Housing and Planetary Oil TY63542 18.0 L(4.8 gal.)

18.0 L(4.8 gal.)

Fluid Analysis Kits3

Diesel Engine Oil AT346594 1 1 1 1 1

3-2-9 020113

PN=101


CS58540,000004A -19-06JUN12-2/2

Description PartNumber

InitialService1 -

250Hours

Every250

Hours

Every500

Hours

Every1000Hours

Every2000Hours

Every6000Hours

Hydraulic Oil AT346594 1 1 1 1Transmission and Rear Axle Oil AT346594 2 2 2 2Diesel Fuel AT180344 1 1 1 1Engine Coolant TY26873 1 1 1 1COOL-GARD™ II Test Strips TY26605 1 1 11Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours of operation.2For recommended oil type and oil viscosities based on operating temperatures see Maintenance—Machine. (Section 3-1.)3Based on fluid analysis results, intervals may need to be adjusted for your operating conditions. Consult your local John Deere dealer.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & CompanyPLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyHY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-2-10 020113

PN=102

Maintenance—As Required

TX,55,BD2138 -19-07OCT96-1/1

Check Tire Pressure

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and rimparts can cause serious injury or death.

Only attempt to mount a tire if you have theproper equipment and experience to performthe job. Have it done by your John Deeredealer or a qualified repair service.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DONOT inflate the tires above the recommendedpressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tireor rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat fromwelding could cause an increase in pressureand may result in a tire explosion.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck andextension hose long enough to allow you to standto one side and NOT in front of or over the tireassembly. Use a safety cage if available.

Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operatewith low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquidballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure withvalve stem at bottom.

When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valve stemand stand to front or rear of tire.


3-3-1 020113

PN=103


Continued on next page TX18203,00004C1 -19-27JUL12-1/2

Tire Inflation PressuresShipping pressure may not be the same as operatingpressure. You may change tire pressures to suitworking condition according to tire manufacturer’srecommendations.

IMPORTANT: The tire pressure stamped on thesidewall of a tire is the manufacturersrecommended pressure for that specific tire.If there is a pressure difference between thesidewall stamp and the chart below use thepressure listed below. The pressures belowhave been approved by the tire manufacturer.The pressure difference on these tires may beto alleviate tire squat, improve stability, andor prevent premature tire failure.

NOTE: Some or of these tires options may not beavailable on specific backhoe models.

Front AxleTire Size Pressure

10.5/80-18372 kPa3.7 bar54 psi

11L-15303 kPa3.0 bar44 psi

11L-16441 kPa4.4 bar64 psi

12.5/80-18 12PR414 kPa4.1 bar60 psi

12.5/80-18 10PR414 kPa4.1 bar60 psi

12-16.5 8PR345 kPa3.4 bar50 psi

12-16.5 10PR R-3276 kPa2.8 bar40 psi

12-16.5 10PR SS12-16.5 10PR NHS

448 kPa4.5 bar65 psi

14.5/75-16.1276 kPa2.8 bar40 psi

15-19.5276 kPa2.8 bar40 psi

16.5L-16.1276 kPa2.8 bar40 psi

340/80R18 IT530(310SJ and 310SJ TMC only)


340/80R18 IT530317 kPa3.2 bar46 psi

340/80R18 XMCL400 kPa4.0 bar58 psi

LT245/75R16448 kPa4.5 bar65 psi

Tire Inflation Pressures

3-3-2 020113

PN=104


TX18203,00004C1 -19-27JUL12-2/2

Rear AxleTire Size Pressure16.9-28(310J, 310SJ and 310SJ TMConly)


16.9-28221 kPa2.2 bar32 psi

19.5L-24 10PR R-3165 kPa1.7 bar24 psi

19.5L-24 10PR R-4193 kPa1.9 bar28 psi

19.5L-24 12PR234 kPa2.3 bar34 psi

19.5L-244 10PR179 kPa1.8 bar26 psi

19.5L-244 16PR276 kPa2.8 bar40 psi

19.5L-249248 kPa2.5 bar36 psi

20.5-25 12PR L-2241 kPa2.4 bar35 psi

20.5-25 12PR L-3248 kPa2.5 bar36 psi

20.5-25 XTLA427 kPa4.3 bar62 psi

21L-24 10PR179 kPa1.8 bar26 psi

21L-24 12PR234 kPa2.3 bar34 psi

21L-28248 kPa2.5 bar36 psi

500/70R24 IT530317 kPa3.2 bar46 psi

500/70R24 XMCL317 kPa3.2 bar46 psi

540/70R24317 kPa3.2 bar46 psi

Tire Inflation Pressures

3-3-3 020113

PN=105


KR46761,0000796 -19-31OCT12-1/1

Continued on next page VD76477,000119F -19-09JUL09-1/2

Check Wheel FastenersIMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.

Fasteners should be clean and dry. Do notlubricate fasteners. Start fasteners by handto prevent cross threading.

Continue to check torque at 50—100 hourintervals until torque is maintained.

Check front and rear wheel fasteners (1 and 2) accordingto specification.

1. Inspect all parts for damage. Replace parts asnecessary.

2. When replacing clean lug nuts and tapped studs. Usecompressed air to dry all parts.

3. Tighten fasteners in a star pattern until wheel is drawnup to hub.

4. Tighten fasteners in a star pattern to full torque.

5. Continue to check torque at 50—100 hour intervalsuntil torque is maintained.

SpecificationRear WheelNuts—Torque............................................................................. 725 N•m

535 lb.-ftMFWD Front Wheel-to-Hub Nuts—Torque...................................................................... 725 N•m

535 lb.-ft

TX1044696A

—UN—25JU

N08

315SJ Shown

1—Front Wheel Fastener (8used per tire)

2—Rear Wheel Fastener (10used per tire)

Non-Powered FrontWheel-to-Hub CapScrews(11L x 16 Tire Size)—Torque..................................................................................... 126 N•m

170 lb.-ftNon-Powered FrontWheel-to-Hub CapScrews(14.5/75 -16.1 TireSize)—Torque............................................................................. 290 N•m

214 lb.-ft

Clean Cab Air Filters—If EquippedCab Fresh Air Filter

1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.

2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.

3. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace ifdamaged.

4. Install filter and filter cover.

5. Close latch.

A—Latch B—Fresh Air Filter Cover

T132588B

—UN—18JU

L00

3-3-4 020113

PN=106


VD76477,000119F -19-09JUL09-2/2

Cab Recirculating Air Filter

1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cabrecirculating air filter.

2. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace ifdamaged.

3. Install filter and filter cover.

Cleaning Cab Air Filters

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using forcleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,guard against flying debris, and wear personalprotection equipment, including eye protection.

NOTE: Always replace damaged air filters.

Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:

• Direct compressed air through filter(s), opposite normalair flow.

T132838B

—UN—24JU

L00

C—Cab Recirculating Air FilterCover

• Tap filter(s) on a flat surface with dirty side down.• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s) drybefore reinstalling.

3-3-5 020113

PN=107


MD04263,000013F -19-20FEB09-1/1

MD04263,0000140 -19-20FEB09-1/1

Drain Water and Sediment from WaterSeparator1. Place container under primary fuel filter drain valve

(1) to collect waste.2. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain

from fuel filter assembly.3. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.4. Place container under final fuel filter drain valve (2) to

collect waste. (Tier 3/Stage IIIA engine only).5. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain

from fuel filter assembly.6. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.

1—Primary Fuel Filter DrainValve

2—Final Fuel Filter Drain Valve

TX1036491A

—UN—08FE

B08


TX1002482A

—UN—10JAN06


Drain Auxiliary Water Separator FuelFilter—If Equipped1. Place container under drain hose (4).2. Loosen air vent (2) and drain valve (3). Drain water,

fuel, and sediment into container. Dispose of wasteproperly.

3. Tighten drain valve.4. Bleed fuel system with fuel priming pump button (1)

until air is vented.5. Tighten air vent.6. Operate engine and check for leaks.

1—Fuel Priming Pump Button(hand operated)

2—Air Vent

3—Drain Valve4—Drain Hose

1 2

3

4

TX1054638—UN—19JAN09

3-3-6 020113

PN=108


MD04263,000011E -19-07JUL09-1/1

Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier3/Stage IIIA Engine1. Open engine hood.

2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).

3. Remove primary element (2).

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element maycause engine damage.

Install a new primary element:

1. If the element shows damage.2. If element will not clean.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

Install a new secondary element (3):

1. If the primary element is damaged andneeds to be replaced.

2. If the element is visibly dirty.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

DO NOT clean a secondary element. Install anew element carefully centering it in the canister.

4. Inspect element and gasket for damage. If air filterrestriction indicator is lit, see Inspecting and CleaningDusty Secondary and Primary Element. (Section 4-1.)

NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly ifan element has a break or is not correctly sealedin air cleaner housing. Throw away element thathas the slightest damage. If gasket is brokenor missing, install a new element.

1—Clip (3 used)2—Primary Element

3—Secondary Element

TX1035630A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035631A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035632A

—UN—01FE

B08

3-3-7 020113

PN=109


MD04263,000011F -19-07JUL09-1/1

CED,TX03768,2667 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier2/Stage II Engine1. Open engine hood.

2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).

3. Remove primary element (2).

IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element maycause engine damage.

Install a new primary element:

1. If the element shows damage.2. If element will not clean.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.

Install a new secondary element (3):

1. If the primary element is damaged andneeds to be replaced.

2. If the element is visibly dirty.3. After 1000 hours service or annually.


4. Inspect element and gasket for damage. If air filterrestriction indicator is lit, See Inspecting and CleaningDusty Secondary and Primary Element. (Section 4-1.)




T159080B

—UN—04SEP02

T159081B

—UN—04SEP02

T159082B

—UN—04SEP02

Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—IfEquippedIMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used

in mud to minimize wear and corrosion.

Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

1—Lubrication Fitting

T125640B

—UN—08NOV99

3-3-8 020113

PN=110


VD76477,00010F1 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Grease Non-Powered Front WheelBearings—If EquippedIMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used

in mud to minimize wear and corrosion.

1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokesof grease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

T164479B

—UN—27JAN03

3-3-9 020113

PN=111


MD04263,0000350 -19-07MAY09-1/1

Check Coolant

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can causeserious burns.

Remove surge tank cap only when engine iscold or when cool enough to touch with barehands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

IMPORTANT: John Deere COOL-GARD™ IICoolant Extender does not protect againstfreezing. Coolant extender prevents rust,scale, and liner cavitation.

NOTE: Check coolant every 1000 hours or 1 year,or when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Addcoolant extender as necessary.

1. Remove surge tank cap (1) and test coolant solution.Use one of the following kits to check coolant.

• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test KitCoolant test strips provide an effective method tocheck freeze point and additive levels of enginecoolant. See your authorized dealer for 3-Way HeavyDuty Coolant Test Kit and follow instructions on kit.• COOLSCAN PLUS™For a more thorough evaluation of coolant, performCOOLSCAN PLUS analysis, where available.See your authorized dealer for information aboutCOOLSCAN PLUS.

2. Add John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Extenderas necessary. Follow instructions on container foramount.

SpecificationTier 3/Stage IIIAEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 25 L

6.6 galTier 2/Stage IIEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 21 L

5.5 gal

3. Install surge tank cap.TS

281—UN—23AUG88

TX1035875A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1014056A

—UN—25OCT06


1—Surge Tank Cap

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & CompanyCOOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-3-10 020113

PN=112

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

MD04263,0000142 -19-20FEB09-1/2

MD04263,0000142 -19-20FEB09-2/2

Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil LevelNOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked

on a level surface. Check before starting engine,with backhoe and stabilizers in transport position,and front loader bucket lowered to ground.

Check when oil is cool.

Sight glass decal has a scale for proper level of oil.

1. Stop engine. Allow time for hydraulic oil to cool.

2. Check oil level in sight glass (1). Oil level should be inmid-range of decal.

T163385B

—UN—02JAN03

1—Sight Glass

Adding Oil to the Hydraulic Reservoir

1. If oil is below operating range in ADD range, removefill cap (B) and add oil.

2. Install fill cap.

B—Fill Cap

TX1035639A

—UN—05FE

B08


T131716D

—UN—13JU

L00


3-4-1 020113

PN=113


MD04263,0000143 -19-20FEB09-1/1

Check Engine Oil LevelIMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.

DO NOT run engine when oil level isbelow the ADD mark.

The most accurate oil level reading is obtained whenengine is cold before operation.

1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.

CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Always installthe loader boom service lock, or lower the frontloader boom fully to the ground, and movecontrol levers to release hydraulic pressurebefore working near the front of the machine.

2. Raise front loader boom and install loader boomservice lock.

3. Stop engine.

4. Fully open engine hood.

5. Remove engine oil dipstick (1) and check oil level.

BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is fullwhen oil level is within cross-hatched area (3). It isacceptable to run engine as long as oil level is abovethe ADD mark.

AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil todrain into oil pan for 10 minutes before checking theoil level. Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level mustbe above the ADD mark.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (2) and add oil as necessary.See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

7. Check oil level and add oil as necessary.


1—Engine Oil Dipstick2—Engine Oil Fill Cap

3—Cross-Hatched Area

TX1035641A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035651A

—UN—01FE

B08


ADD FULL

3

TX1035644—UN—29JAN08

3-4-2 020113

PN=114


MD04263,0000144 -19-20FEB09-1/1

Check Coolant Level

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying coolant. Remove surge tank cap onlywhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Then loosen cap slowly to stop so pressure isreleased from system before removing cap.

1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between MAXCOLD and MIN COLDmarks on coolant surge tank (1).

2. If coolant is below MIN COLD mark, add coolant tosurge tank.

3. If surge tank is empty, check for leaks and repair asnecessary. Add coolant at surge tank cap. See DieselEngine Coolant. (Section 3-1.)

1—Coolant Surge Tank


TX1035648A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1014056A

—UN—25OCT06


3-4-3 020113

PN=115


MB60223,00000ED -19-23APR09-1/1

Inspect Fuel Water Sediment BowlsInspect bowls for contaminants.

For draining procedure see Drain Water and Sedimentfrom Water Separators. (Section 3-3.)

1—Final Fuel Filter SedimentBowl

2—Auxiliary Fuel FilterSediment Bowl—IfEquipped

3—Primary Fuel FilterSediment Bowl

TX1058014A

—UN—03APR09


TX1058015A

—UN—03APR09


3-4-4 020113

PN=116


VD76477,00010EC -19-10JUL09-1/1

Grease Loader PivotsNOTE: Machines equipped with synthetic bushings

do not require lubrication.

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

TX1002222A

—UN—06JAN06

6 Points—Left Side Shown

TX1007733A

—UN—16MAY

06

5 Points

T132372B

—UN—12SEP00


3-4-5 020113

PN=117


CED,OUO1079,581 -19-03JUN09-1/1

OUO1079,000025C -19-16APR02-1/1

Grease Multipurpose Bucket Pivots—IfEquippedApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T132372C

—UN—12SEP00


Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder PinsApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T132374B

—UN—13JU

L00

4 points—Left Side Shown

3-4-6 020113

PN=118


MD04263,00002F9 -19-18MAR09-1/1

Grease Backhoe Boom, Crowd Cylinders and Pivots

T131781C

—UN—07NOV00

3 Points—Optional Cab Shown

TX1057266A

—UN—18MAR09

2 Points

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

TX1057269A

—UN—18MAR09

3 Points—Right Side Shown

3-4-7 020113

PN=119


MD04263,00002FA -19-27SEP10-1/1

MD04263,00003E3 -19-13MAY09-1/1

Grease Backhoe Bucket Cylinder and PivotsApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

TX1081740A

—UN—09SEP10

1 Point

TX1082253A

—UN—27SEP10

6 Points - Right Side Shown

Grease Backhoe Swing Cylinder and PivotsApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

TX1059262A

—UN—07MAY

09

8 Points—Right Side Shown

3-4-8 020113

PN=120


HG31779,000005F -19-20DEC06-1/1

MD04263,0000351 -19-16APR09-1/1

HG31779,00001DA -19-24JAN03-1/1

Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If EquippedApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T206365A

—UN—20DEC04


Grease Non-Powered Front Axle SteeringPivots—If EquippedApply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots untilit escapes from joints.

See Grease. (Section 3-1.)

T163182B

—UN—20DEC02


Grease MFWD Front Axle and UniversalJoints—If EquippedApply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint.


T132373C

—UN—17SEP02


3-4-9 020113

PN=121


MD04263,0000352 -19-03APR09-1/1

VD76477,0001116 -19-22JUL09-1/1

Grease Backhoe Coupler MechanicalJack—If EquippedApply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapesfrom the joint.

TX1022469A

—UN—23APR07

2 Points

Grease Front Axle Pivot PinApply two pumps of grease to lubrication fitting on rightside of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.


TX1013841A

—UN—19OCT06

1 Point

3-4-10 020113

PN=122

Maintenance—Every 50 Hours

MD04263,0000145 -19-07JUL09-1/1

MD04263,00003A9 -19-22APR09-1/1

Check Transmission Oil Level


1. Run engine for 3 minutes to warm transmission oil.Park machine on a level surface. Move transmissioncontrol lever (TCL) to NEUTRAL. Engage park brake.

2. With engine running at slow idle, turn handle oftransmission dipstick (1) counterclockwise andremove.

NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.

3. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not withinoperating range, add oil through dipstick tube. SeeTransmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front WheelDrive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwiseto tighten.

1—Transmission Dipstick

TX1035656A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035657A

—UN—01FE

B08


Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings—IfEquippedApply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapesfrom the joint.

TX1022471A

—UN—23APR07

1 Point Each Side—Left Side Shown

3-5-1 020113

PN=123

Maintenance—Initial Service—250 Hours

MD04263,0000146 -19-07JUL09-1/1

Change Engine Break-In Oil and ReplaceFilter


1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a levelsurface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to draininto a container.

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter(2) counterclockwise and remove from base. Cleanmounting surfaces of base as necessary. Dispose ofwaste oil properly.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new engineoil filter, and install by turning new filter clockwise byhand until gasket touches mounting surface. Torquean additional 1/2—3/4 turn with filter wrench.

5. Install engine oil drain plug.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil tospecification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)

SpecificationEngine Oil—Capacity........................................................................ 13 L

3.5 gal

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filterchange, crank engine for 10 seconds withoutstarting to fill new engine oil filter andpre-lubricate the turbocharger, if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Checkfor leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten asnecessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine OilLevel. (Section 3-4.)

1—Engine Oil Drain Plug2—Engine Oil Filter

3—Engine Oil Fill CapTX

1035717A

—UN—04FE

B08


TX1035718A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035731A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035729A

—UN—01FE

B08


3-6-1 020113

PN=124


VD76477,000127B -19-09JUL09-1/1

VD76477,000127C -19-09JUL09-1/1

Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—IfEquipped1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontal

and fill plug (A) is above line as shown.

NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD™ oil tofill to proper level.

2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom ofplug hole.

3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. See Transmission,Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install plug.

5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.

T105325—UN—21NOV96

A—MFWD Planetary HousingOil Fill Plug

B—Oil Level Line

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped1. Remove plug (1) to check oil level. Oil should be filled

to bottom of plug.

NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD™ oil tofill to proper level.

2. Add oil, as necessary, through plug hole. SeeTransmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front WheelDrive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)

3. Install plug.

1—Plug

TX1002262A

—UN—06JAN06


3-7-1 020113

PN=125


Continued on next page TX,75,DH1574 -19-28APR93-1/3

Check Battery Electrolyte Level andTerminals

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparksand flames away from batteries. Use a flashlightto check battery electrolyte level.

NEVER check battery charge by placinga metal object across the posts. Use avoltmeter or hydrometer.

ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte ispoisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin,eat holes in clothing, and cause blindnessif splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when

electrolyte is added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to help

neutralize the acid.3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes.

Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.


2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, butdo not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).

3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove battery box cover.

3-7-2 020113

PN=126


TX,75,DH1574 -19-28APR93-2/3

TX,75,DH1574 -19-28APR93-3/3

IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries duringfreezing weather, batteries must be chargedafter water is added to prevent batteries fromfreezing. Charge battery using a batterycharger or by running the engine.

2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilledwater. DO NOT overfill.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYSremove grounded (—) battery clamp firstand replace it last.

3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.

A—Battery PostB—Fill Tube

C—Electrolyte Level Range

T6996D

B—UN—10FE

B89

T6996D

A—UN—10FE

B89

4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiffbrush.

5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminalbase only.

6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.

T6758A

A—UN—21OCT88

3-7-3 020113

PN=127


VD76477,00014E9 -19-11APR07-1/1

MB60223,00000E5 -19-11MAR09-1/1

Check Rear Axle Oil LevelNOTE: If the backhoe has been run in high-speed

transport, wait 30 minutes for the axle oil levelto stabilize before checking oil.

1. Move machine onto level ground.

2. Remove rear axle oil level plug (1). Oil should run outof plug hole if the oil level is correct.

3. If oil level is not correct, add oil as necessary. SeeTransmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front WheelDrive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)

4. Install plug.

TX1021377A

—UN—30MAR07

1—Rear Axle Oil Level Plug

Take Engine Oil SampleSee your authorized dealer.

3-7-4 020113

PN=128


MD04263,0000147 -19-20FEB09-1/1

CED,OUO1079,443 -19-14DEC06-1/1

Check Air Intake Hose1. Check engine air intake hose (A) for cracks and

replace as necessary.

2. Check for loose connections and tighten hose clampsas necessary.

A—Engine Air Intake Hose

TX1035788A

—UN—01FE

B08


T132459B

—UN—13JU

L00


Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt TorqueCheck torque on the backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pivotpin bolt (A). Torque the cap screw to specification.

SpecificationBackhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot PinBolt—Torque................................................................................620 N·m

460 lb-ft

A—Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Bolt

T133574B

—UN—30AUG00

3-8-1 020113

PN=129


MD04263,000011D -19-18FEB09-1/1

Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engineis hot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank.DO NOT smoke while draining fuel tank orworking on fuel system.

NOTE: To ensure that all of the water drains properly,use the right stabilizer to lift the right rearwheel off of the ground.

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Loosen sediment drain plug (1) on front of fuel tankand allow fuel to flow for several seconds.

2. Tighten plug securely to stop fuel flow.

TX1014055A

—UN—25OCT06

1—Sediment Drain Plug

3-8-2 020113

PN=130


MD04263,0000148 -19-23FEB09-1/1

Change Engine Oil and Replace FilterIMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5 percent,

change engine oil at 1/2 the normal interval.

1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a levelsurface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.

2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to draininto a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter(2) counterclockwise and remove from base. Cleanmounting surfaces of base as necessary.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, andturn new filter clockwise by hand until gasket touchesmounting surface. Torque an additional 1/2—3/4 turnwith filter wrench.

5. Install engine oil drain plug.

6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil tospecification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)Install cap.

SpecificationEngine Oil—Capacity........................................................................ 13 L

3.5 gal

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filterchange, crank engine for 10 seconds withoutstarting to fill new engine oil filter andpre-lubricate the turbocharger, if equipped.

7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Checkfor leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten asnecessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine OilLevel. (Section 3-4.)

1—Engine Oil Drain Plug2—Engine Oil Filter

3—Engine Oil Fill Cap

TX1035717A

—UN—04FE

B08


TX1035718A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035731A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1035729A

—UN—01FE

B08


3-8-3 020113

PN=131


MD04263,0000123 -19-18FEB09-1/1

Replace Primary and Final Fuel Filters—Tier3/Stage IIIA EngineNOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Thoroughly clean primary and final fuel filters, waterseparator assembly, and surrounding area.

2. Turn retaining ring (1) counterclockwise and removeprimary fuel filter element (2).

3. Disconnect water-in-fuel sensor (9).

4. Turn retaining ring (7) counterclockwise and removefinal fuel filter element (8).

5. Remove water separator bowl (3) from primary fuelfilter. Drain and clean separator bowl.

6. Install water separator bowl onto new primary fuel filterelement. Tighten securely.

NOTE: The fuel filter must be indexed properly andthe key on canister must be oriented in slot ofmounting base for correct installation.

7. Clean filter base (4) and thoroughly inspect filter baseseal ring. Replace as needed.

NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.

8. Install new primary and final fuel elements by aligningvertical locators (6) into slots (5) on filter base. Pushfilter elements up firmly until filter snaps against base.

9. Turn retaining ring clockwise onto filter base untilretaining ring clicks tightly into place.

10. Connect water-in-fuel sensor.

11. To prime the fuel system turn the key switch to the ONposition and wait 60 seconds.

TX1036474A

—UN—08FE

B08

TX10022310A—UN—06JAN06

1—Retaining Ring2— Primary Fuel Filter Element3—Water Separator Bowl4—Filter Base5—Slots

6—Vertical Locators7—Retaining Ring8—Final Fuel Filter Element9—Water-in-Fuel Sensor10— Bleed Screw

3-8-4 020113

PN=132


MD04263,0000124 -19-20FEB09-1/1

OU90V02,0000160 -19-07JUL09-1/1

Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2/Stage II EngineNOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Turn retaining ring (1) counterclockwise and removefilter element (2). Allow sediment to drain into acontainer.

2. Remove water separator assembly (3) from old filterelement. Drain and clean separator assembly. Installassembly on new filter element.

3. Clean filter base (4).

NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.

4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators(5) into slots (6) on filter base. Push filter element upfirmly until filter snaps against base.

5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base untilretaining ring clicks tightly into place.

6. Loosen bleed screw (7) by turning knobcounterclockwise.

7. Operate primer lever (8) until fuel flow from bleedscrew is free of air bubbles.

NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever towardengine and turn crankshaft using starter motor toreposition camshaft. Repeat step 7.

8. Tighten bleed screw.

9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.

TX1002309A

—UN—06JAN06

TX10022310A—UN—06JAN06

1—Retaining Ring2—Filter Element3—Water Separator Assembly4—Filter Base

5—Slots6—Vertical Locators7—Bleed Screw8—Primer Lever

Replace Auxiliary Water Separator FuelFilter—If Equipped1. Place container under drain hose (6).2. Loosen air vent (2) and drain valve (5). Drain water,

fuel, and sediment into container. Dispose of wasteproperly.

3. Tighten drain valve.4. Disconnect water-in-fuel (WIF) sensor (7).5. Remove glass bowl (4).6. Remove and replace filter element (3).7. Install glass bowl.8. Remove trapped air from fuel filter by using air vent

and priming hand pump (1).9. Connect WIF sensor.10. Start engine and let it run for 1 minute. Check for leaks.11. If needed, tighten filter element and glass bowl only

enough to stop leaks.

1—Priming Hand Pump2—Air Vent3—Filter Element4—Glass Bowl

5—Drain Valve6—Drain Hose7—Water-In-Fuel (WIF) Sensor

1 2

5

3

4

6

7TX

1054639—UN—19JAN09

3-8-5 020113

PN=133


MD04263,0000127 -19-20FEB09-1/1

MD04263,0000125 -19-20FEB09-1/1

MD04263,000035C -19-15APR09-1/1

Clean Engine Crankcase VentilationTube—Tier 2/Stage II EngineRemove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.

A—Vent Tube

T105323—UN—21NOV96


Clean Engine Crankcase VentilationTube—Tier 3/Stage IIIA EngineRemove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.

A—Vent Tube

TX1035877A

—UN—01FE

B08


Take Fluid SamplesSee your authorized dealer for taking the following fluidsamples:

• Hydraulic Oil

• Transmission Oil• Rear Axle Oil• Engine Coolant• Diesel Fuel

3-8-6 020113

PN=134


Continued on next page MD04263,0000353 -19-03APR09-1/2

Clean, Pack, and Adjust Non-Powered Front Wheel Bearings—If Equipped

T158732

1

2 6

5

3

78

9

104

T158732—UN—23AUG02

1—Seal Ring2—Bearing Cone3—Wheel Hub

4—O-Ring5—Stud6—Bearing Cone7—Thrust Washer

8—Cap Screw (3 used)9—Wheel Hub Cover

10— Wheel Hub Cover Plug

1. Raise machine and install jack stands so front wheelsare off ground.

CAUTION: Prevent injury from falling components.Secure wheel hub (3) with a lift strap beforeremoving any components.

2. Remove wheel.

3. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and remove wheelhub cover (9) using wedges. Remove and inspectO-ring (4), replace if necessary.

4. Remove three cap screws (8) and thrust washer (7).

5. Remove wheel bearing (6).

6. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearing cups.To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub on flatsurface and drive bearing cups out with a hammer anddriver.

IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroy it. Donot remove seal ring unless damage is noted.

7. Remove bearing cone (2) using wedges.

8. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle andhub assembly.

9. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips andreplace as necessary.

10. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John DeereMulti-Purpose Grease or equivalent.

11. Install bearing cone (2) on spindle using a hammerand driver.

12. Install wheel hub (3) on spindle.

13. Install bearing cone (6) to hub and spindle.

14. Apply TY9371 LOCTITE® to cap screws (8). Positionthrust washer (7) on spindle in hub and install capscrews (8). Torque cap screws to specification.

SpecificationThrust Plate CapScrews—Torque..........................................................................120 N·m

89 lb-ft

15. Grease and install O-ring (4) on wheel hub cover (9).Drive wheel hub cover into wheel hub.

3-9-1 020113

PN=135


MD04263,0000353 -19-03APR09-2/2

CED,OUO1079,582 -19-25AUG00-1/1

16. Install hub cover plug (10) and tighten to specification.Specification

Wheel Hub CoverPlug—Torque.................................................................................15 N·m

133 lb-in

17. Install wheel and repeat process for other side.

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather1. Open engine hood. Remove cap screws (A) and move

loader mast cover (B) aside. Take care not to damagehose attached to bottom of windshield washer nozzle(C).

2. Remove hydraulic reservoir breather (D).

NOTE: Avoid dripping hydraulic oil. Do not reroutehydraulic reservoir breather hoses.

3. Install new hydraulic reservoir breather with arrowpointing toward reservoir.

4. Install loader mast cover and cap screws. Closeengine hood.

A—Cap Screw (4 used)B—Loader Mast Cover

C—Windshield Washer NozzleD—Hydraulic Reservoir

Breather

T132464B

—UN—13JU

L00

T132462B

—UN—13JU

L00

3-9-2 020113

PN=136


MD04263,0000128 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier3/Stage IIIA EngineInspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.

1. Open hood.

2. Unfasten clips (1) and remove air cleaner cover.

3. Slide primary element (2) and secondary element (3)out to remove.

4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.

5. Install new secondary element and primary element.Ensure that each element is properly centered andseated.


6. Install air cleaner cover. Fasten clips.



TX1035630A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035631A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035632A

—UN—01FE

B08

3-9-3 020113

PN=137


MD04263,0000129 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Continued on next page MB60223,00000EB -19-22APR09-1/2

Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier2/Stage II EngineInspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.

1. Open hood.

2. Unfasten clips (A) and remove air cleaner cover.

3. Slide primary element (B) and secondary element (C)out to remove.

4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.

5. Install new secondary element and primary element.Ensure that each element is properly centered andseated.


6. Install air cleaner cover with dust unloader valvepointed down. Fasten clips.

A—Clip (3 used)B—Primary Element

C—Secondary Element

T133589B

—UN—30AUG00

T133590B

—UN—30AUG00

T133591B

—UN—30AUG00

Replace Cab Air FiltersCab Fresh Air Filter

1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.

2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.

3. Install new filter and filter cover.

4. Close latch.

A—Latch B—Fresh Air Filter Cover

T132588B

—UN—18JU

L00

3-9-4 020113

PN=138


MB60223,00000EB -19-22APR09-2/2

MD04263,0000120 -19-18FEB09-1/1

Cab Recirculating Air Filter

1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cabrecirculating air filter.

2. Install new filter and filter cover.

C—Cab Recirculating Air FilterCover

T132838B

—UN—24JU

L00

Inspect BeltInspect serpentine belt (A) for wear and damage. Seeyour authorized dealer for replacement.

A—Serpentine Belt

TX1035793A

—UN—01FE

B08

T132357B

—UN—13JU

L00

3-9-5 020113

PN=139


VD76477,000131A -19-01NOV10-1/1

MD04263,0000138 -19-21APR09-1/1

Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise and

remove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new hydraulic oilfilter and install. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise untilsealing ring touches mounting surface, then tighten anadditional 3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.

3. Check hydraulic oil level.

4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow hydraulic oilfilter to fill with oil and to purge air from charge circuit.

5. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. See CheckHydraulic Reservoir Oil Level. (Section 3-4.)

6. Check for leakage around hydraulic filter. Tighten justenough to stop leaks, if necessary.

A—Hydraulic Oil Filter

T134790B

—UN—24OCT00

Hydraulic Oil Filter

Replace Fuel Breather1. Open engine hood.

2. Pull fuel breather (1) off hose.

3. Install new fuel breather with arrow on breatherpointing toward hose.


1—Fuel Breather

TX1058589A

—UN—21APR09


TX1015463A

—UN—29NOV06


3-9-6 020113

PN=140


VD76477,00010F0 -19-29MAY09-1/1

Change Transmission Oil and Replace FilterNOTE: Only approximately 8.0—8.5 L of oil will drain.

It is intended that the remainder of oil will remainin the cooler and torque converter.

1. Remove transmission drain plug (1) from bottom oftransmission and drain oil into suitable container.Dispose of waste properly.

SpecificationPowershift TransmissionOil—Capacity.................................................................................... 15 L

4.0 gal

2. Install drain plug.

3. Turn transmission filter (2) counterclockwise andremove.

4. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oilfilter and install. Turn filter clockwise until sealing ringtouches mounting surface, then tighten an additional3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.

5. Turn handle of transmission dipstick (3)counterclockwise and remove. Fill transmission withoil through dipstick tube. See Transmission, Axles,and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil.(Section 3-1.)

6. Start engine and run for 3 minutes to purge air fromcharge circuit.

7. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmissiondipstick. Check transmission oil level and add oilthrough dipstick tube as necessary. See Transmission,Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)Oil. (Section 3-1.)

8. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwiseto tighten.

1—Transmission Drain Plug2—Transmission Filter

3—Transmission Dipstick

TX1002312A

—UN—09JAN06

TX1002248—UN—06JAN06

TX1035778A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1004024A

—UN—21FE

B06


3-9-7 020113

PN=141


MD04263,0000170 -19-14SEP09-1/1

Check CoolantSee Check Coolant in Maintenance—As Required.(Section 3-3.)

3-9-8 020113

PN=142


TX03679,00017DD -19-08MAY01-1/1

MB60223,0000010 -19-10MAR09-1/1

Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance)See your authorized dealer.

Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position andlower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.

3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B).

4. Remove cap screw (C) and bracket (D). Route drainhose (E) into a suitable container.

5. Remove cap (F) from end of drain hose and drain oil.Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose of wasteoil properly.

SpecificationHydraulic ReservoirOil—Capacity.................................................................................... 39 L

10.3 gal

6. Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic OilFilter. (Section 3-9.)

7. Install cap on drain hose.

8. Route drain hose for storage. Install bracket and capscrew.

9. Refill hydraulic reservoir. See Transmission, Axles,and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil.(Section 3-1.)

10. Check oil level.

11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.

B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill CapC—Cap ScrewD—Bracket

E—Drain HoseF—Cap

TX1035639A

—UN—05FE

B08


T131716D

—UN—13JU

L00


T134809B

—UN—14FE

B12

3-10-1 020113

PN=143


MB60223,00000E3 -19-10MAR09-1/1

VD76477,0001280 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Change MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—IfEquipped1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,

remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

SpecificationMFWD Front WheelPlanetary HousingOil—Capacity...................................................................................... 1 L

1 qt


3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)when line is horizontal.

4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. SeeTransmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front WheelDrive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)

A—Plug B—Oil Level Line

T7371A

P—UN—02OCT90

T105325—UN—21NOV96

Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—IfEquippedNOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.

MFWD axle housing is filled with HY-GARD™gear oil at the factory. Fill MFWD axle housingwith HY-GARD oil to fill to proper level.

1. Remove drain plug (1) to drain oil. Dispose of wasteoil properly.

SpecificationMFWD Front AxleHousing Oil—Capacity..................................................................... 6.5 L

1.7 gal


3. Remove fill plug (2) and add oil so it is level withbottom of fill plug hole. See Transmission, Axles, andMechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section3-1.)

TX1002311A

—UN—06JAN06

1—Drain Plug 2—Fill Plug

4. Install fill plug.


3-10-2 020113

PN=144


VD76477,000113F -19-01NOV10-1/1

Change Rear Axle and Planetary Housing OilNOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.

1. Drain rear axle and both planetary housings oil into acontainer using drain plugs (1 and 2). Install plugs.

SpecificationRear Axle and PlanetaryHousing Oil—Capacity...................................................................... 18 L

4.8 gal

2. Rotate wheel so plug (2) is above OIL LEVEL line (3)when line is horizontal as shown.

3. Remove rear axle check and fill plug (4) and fill withoil until level with bottom of fill plug hole. See CheckRear Axle Oil Level. (Section 3-7.)

NOTE: It will take approximately 5 minutes for oil tosettle into outer housing when oil is warm.

4. Wait 5-10 minutes for oil to settle, then check levelagain and add oil as necessary. If oil is cold, settletime may increase.

5. Install all plugs.

1—Rear Axle Drain Plug2—Planetary Housing Drain

and Fill Plug

3—Planetary Housing Oil LevelLine

4—Rear Axle Check and FillPlug

TX1003130A

—UN—21FE

B06

Rear Axle Drain and Fill Plugs

TX1002260A

—UN—06JAN06

Planetary Drain and Fill Plug

3-10-3 020113

PN=145


MD04263,000011C -19-20FEB09-1/1

Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir FillScreen1. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (1) from fill tube.

2. Remove retaining clip and hydraulic reservoir fillscreen from fill tube.

3. Inspect hydraulic reservoir fill screen and clean asnecessary.

4. Install hydraulic reservoir fill screen and retaining clipin fill tube.

5. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap in fill tube.

1—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap

TX1036006A

—UN—04FE

B08


TX1035714A

—UN—01FE

B08


3-10-4 020113

PN=146


MD04263,0000175 -19-22APR09-1/1

Draining the Cooling System—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine


TX1002480A

—UN—10JAN06


Shut off engine. Remove filler cap onlywhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure beforeremoving completely.

NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 6000 hoursusing clean water, and refill with new coolant.

SpecificationCooling System—Tier3/Stage IIIAEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 25 L

6.6 gal

1. Open air bleed plug (3) on thermal bypass valveassembly until cross drill in plug is visible.

2. Open valve (4) on bottom of radiator 3 turns.

3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.

4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to openvalve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Disposeof waste properly.

5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).

6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwiseto open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.Dispose of waste properly.

7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves andremove hoses.

8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of radiator.

1—Radiator Drain Valve2—Engine Block Coolant Drain

Valve

3—Air Bleed Plug4—Valve

TX1002481A

—UN—10JAN06

TX1035823A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035800A

—UN—05FE

B08

3-11-1 020113

PN=147


MD04263,0000176 -19-22APR09-1/1

Draining the Cooling System—Tier 2/Stage II Engine


TX1002480A

—UN—10JAN06


Shut off engine. Remove filler cap onlywhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure beforeremoving completely.

NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 6000 hoursusing clean water, and refill with new coolant.

SpecificationCooling System—Tier2/Stage IIEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 21 L

5.5 gal



3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.

4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to openvalve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Disposeof waste properly.

5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).

6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwiseto open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.Dispose of waste properly.

7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves andremove hoses.

8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of radiator.

1—Radiator Drain Valve2—Engine Block Coolant Drain

Valve3—Air Bleed Plug

4—Valve5—Surge Tank Cap

TX1002481A

—UN—10JAN06

TX1014135A

—UN—17NOV06

TX1014137A

—UN—26OCT06

3-11-2 020113

PN=148


MD04263,0000177 -19-07JUL09-1/1

Filling the Cooling System—Tier 3/Stage IIIAEngine

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tankcap unless the engine is cool. Release allpressure before removing cap.

SpecificationCooling System—Tier3/Stage IIIAEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 25 L

6.6 gal



3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolantstays between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.

4. Close valve and air bleed plug.

5. Run tractor at 1200 rpm for 2 minutes and top offcoolant.

6. Close surge tank cap.

IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,ethylene glycol base antifreeze in coolantsolution. Other types of antifreeze maydamage cylinder seals.

NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factorywith a 50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C(—30°F). Adjust mixture accordingly to providefreeze protection for your machine.

FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-typelow silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leakadditive) and clean, soft water. Add TY26603 coolantextender as required per COOL-GARD™ II test strips.


5—Surge Tank Cap


TX1035823A

—UN—01FE

B08

TX1035800A

—UN—05FE

B08

TX1035828A

—UN—01FE

B08


3-11-3 020113

PN=149


MD04263,0000178 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Filling the Cooling System—Tier 2/Stage IIEngine

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tankcap unless the engine is cool. Release allpressure before removing cap.

SpecificationCooling System—Tier2/Stage IIEngine—Capacity.............................................................................. 21 L

5.5 gal



3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolantstays between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.

4. Close valve and air bleed plug.

5. Run tractor at 1200 rpm for 2 minutes and top offcoolant.

6. Close surge tank cap.

IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,ethylene glycol base antifreeze in coolantsolution. Other types of antifreeze maydamage cylinder seals.

NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factorywith a 50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C(—30°F). Adjust mixture accordingly to providefreeze protection for your machine.

FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-typelow silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leakadditive) and clean, soft water. Add TY26603 coolantextender as required per COOL-GARD™ II test strips.


TX1014135A

—UN—17NOV06

TX1014137A

—UN—26OCT06


5—Surge Tank Cap


3-11-4 020113

PN=150

Miscellaneous—Machine

VD76477,0001222 -19-05NOV10-1/1

External Service Brake InspectionDo first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hourinspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.

If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspectmore frequently.

1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspectionports (1 and 2).

2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oilgrooves (3) on facing material are no longer visible.

1—Right Rear Wheel ExternalInspection Port

2—Left Rear Wheel ExternalInspection Port

3—Oil Groove

TX1002474A

—UN—10JAN06

Right Rear Wheel External Inspection Port

TX1002475A

—UN—10JAN06

Left Rear Wheel External Inspection Port

3

TX1002476A

—UN—10JAN06

Oil Groove

4-1-1 020113

PN=151


MD04263,000034E -19-03APR09-1/1

Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom LockChecking Boom Lock Operation

1. Operate the boom lock lever repeatedly to verifyproper operation.

2. If boom lock is out of adjustment, adjust per procedure.

Adjusting the Boom Lock

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock system, adjustlock so it is able to pass through full rangeof motion. Lock must completely clear boomhook (1) when boom lock lever is pulled, andgo down to stop (2) when lever is released withboom moved away from latch area.

Perform the following adjustment for both the left and rightboom locks:

NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.

1. Start machine and lower stabilizers.

2. Move boom in slightly towards machine to relievetension on boom lock.

3. Pull in on boom lock lever. While moving boom awayfrom machine, verify boom locks completely clearboom hooks (1).

4. Once boom is away from latch area, verify lockscontact stops (2) on both sides of machine when boomlock lever is released.

5. Move boom back into transport position. Stop theengine.

TX1002083—UN—06JAN06

Right Side Shown

1—Boom Hook (2 used)2—Stop (4 used)3—Pin (2 used)

4—Yoke (2 used)5—Jam Nut (2 used)

6. Remove pin (3) and spring from boom lock.

7. Adjust position of yoke (4) so when the boom lockcontrol lever is at rest, yoke is aligned with pinmounting hole.

8. Tighten jam nut (5) to hold yoke in adjusted position.

9. Install pin.

10. Repeat yoke adjust procedure on opposite side ofmachine.

11. Check boom lock operation per procedure to verifyproper operation.

4-1-2 020113

PN=152


TX03679,00017E3 -19-08FEB07-1/1

HG31779,00000BF -19-26JUL02-1/1

Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondaryand Primary ElementIMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may

cause engine damage.

Install new elements:

• If the element shows damage andneeds to be replaced.• If element is visibly dirty and will not clean.• After 1000 hours service or annually.


1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON AHARD SURFACE.

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using for cleaningpurposes. Clear area of bystanders, guardagainst flying chips, and wear personal protectionequipment including eye protection.

2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed airunder 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).

NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly ifan element has a break or is not correctly sealedin air cleaner housing. Throw away element that

T90684

—UN—10NOV88

T47764

—UN—09NOV88

has the slightest damage. If gasket is brokenor missing, install a new element.

3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside tooutside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.

Check Receiver-Dryer—If EquippedIMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage.

If moisture sight glass color indicates wet(pink), dryer is saturated and should be changedwithin the next 100 machine hours to preventfurther buildup of moisture in refrigerant.

1. Open hood.

2. Check color in moisture sight glass (A). Color shouldbe blue, indicating that refrigerant is dry.

3. Check air bubble sight glass (B) for air bubbles. No airbubbles, or few air bubbles, should be visible.

4. If moisture sight glass shows wet (pink), or if excessiveair bubbles are visible, see your authorized dealerwithin the next 100 machine hours to service thereceiver-dryer.

T158049B

—UN—26JU

L02

A—Moisture Sight Glass B—Air Bubble Sight Glass

4-1-3 020113

PN=153


MD04263,0000149 -19-20FEB09-1/1

Checking Coolant Hoses and RadiatorCheck upper radiator hose (1) and lower radiator hose (2)for cracks and leaks. Tighten hose clamps at each end ofhoses as necessary.

Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose orbroken mountings. Clean radiator fins.

1—Upper Radiator Hose 2—Lower Radiator Hose

TX1035770A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1002477A

—UN—10JAN06


TX1035798A

—UN—04FE

B08


TX1014134A

—UN—26OCT06


4-1-4 020113

PN=154


TX,90,FF3116 -19-03NOV08-1/1

T82,EXMA,I -19-16JAN08-1/1

Do Not Service or Adjust Injection Nozzlesor Injection PumpIf injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,the engine will not run normally. See your authorizeddealer for service.

Changing the injection pump in any way not approved bythe manufacturer will end the warranty. See your copy ofthe John Deere warranty on this machine.

Do not service an injection pump that is not operatingcorrectly. See your authorized injection pump servicecenter.

Precautions for Alternator and Regulator

When batteries are connected, follow these rules:

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you workon or near alternator or regulator.

2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR ORREGULATOR.

3. Ensure alternator wires are correctly connectedBEFORE you connect batteries.

4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.

5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator orregulator wires while batteries are connected or whilealternator is operating.

6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correctpolarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—] tonegative [—]).

7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine isrunning and alternator is charging.

8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect batterycharger to the batteries.

4-1-5 020113

PN=155


OUT4001,0000239 -19-03JAN12-1/1

OUT4001,00000E1 -19-02JUL09-1/1

Using Battery Charger

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from explodingbattery. Do not charge a battery if the batteryis frozen or it may explode. Warm battery to16°C (60°F) before charging.

Turn off charger before connecting ordisconnecting it.

IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as abooster if a battery has a 1.150 specificgravity reading or lower.

Disconnect battery ground (-) clamp beforeyou charge batteries in the machine to preventdamage to electrical components.

A battery charger may be used as a booster to start engine.

Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.

Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot,or is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must notexceed 52°C (125°F).


Prevent Battery Explosions

N36890—UN—07OCT88

Charger

Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt SystemBefore boost starting, machine must be properly shutdown to prevent unexpected machine movement whenengine starts.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from explodingbattery. An explosive gas is produced whilebatteries are in use or being charged. Keep flamesor sparks away from the battery area. Make surethe batteries are charged in a well ventilated area.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system isa 12-volt negative (-) ground. Use only12-volt booster batteries.

1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positiveterminal of the machine batteries and the other end tothe positive terminal of the booster batteries.

2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negativeterminal of the booster batteries. Connect other endof the negative cable to the machine as far away fromthe machine batteries as possible.


3. Start engine.

4. Immediately after starting engine disconnect end ofthe negative cable from the machine. Then disconnectthe other end of the negative cable from the negativeterminal of the booster batteries.

5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries andmachine batteries.

4-1-6 020113

PN=156


Continued on next page TX03679,0001788 -19-29APR11-1/2

Handling, Checking and Servicing BatteriesCarefully

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparksand flames away from batteries. Use a flashlightto check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placinga metal object across the posts. Use avoltmeter or hydrometer.

Always remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte ispoisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin,eat holes in clothing, and cause blindnessif splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when

electrolyte is added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to help

neutralize the acid.3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes.

Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but

do not exceed 1.9 L (2 qt).3. Get medical attention immediately.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause cancer andreproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the followingmixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking sodain 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia in4 L (1 gal) water.



IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery cell.

4-1-7 020113

PN=157


TX03679,0001788 -19-29APR11-2/2

TX,90,BG212 -19-07JUL09-1/1

See your authorized dealer for JT05460SERVICEGARD™ battery and coolant tester. Followdirections included with the tester.

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specificgravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,charge the battery.

T85402

—UN—10NOV88

Battery And Coolant Tester

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Replacing BatteriesYour machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volthybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use onlybatteries meeting following specifications:

Cold Cranking Amps

Volts BCI Group -18°C (0°F)-29°C(-20°F)

ReserveCapacity

(minutes at25 amps)

12 31 750 600 150


4-1-8 020113

PN=158


HG31779,00000BD -19-07JUL09-1/1

VD76477,0001541 -19-20JUL12-1/1

Continued on next page MD04263,000014C -19-10DEC10-1/5

Removing BatteriesNOTE: Check for worn or frayed wires and loose

or corroded connections.

NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the batterybox. Always empty the toolbox before lifting it.

1. Remove cap screws (A) and lift toolbox out of batterybox.

2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, thenpositive (+) cables.

3. Remove nuts, washers, and hold-down brackets (B).

4. Lift batteries out of battery box.

A—Cap Screw (3 used) B—Hold-Down Bracket (1 or 2used)

T132012C

—UN—14JU

L00

T158046B

—UN—26JU

L02

Optional Dual-Battery Configuration Shown

JDLink™ Machine Monitoring System(MMS)—If EquippedJDLink™ is an equipment monitoring and informationdelivery system. JDLink™ automatically collects andmanages information about where and how construction

and forestry equipment is being used, as well as criticalmachine health data and service status.

For more information, see your authorized dealer or visitwww.deere.com (browse to Construction, Services andSupport, JDLink™).

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company

Replacing FusesThe fuse block is located to the right of the operator's seatbelow the loader control lever.

TX1013959A

—UN—26OCT06

4-1-9 020113

PN=159



TX1035704

B

F12

F44

F40

F41

F42

F45

F46

F47

F30

F35

F31

F36

F48

F13

F10

F11

F15

K6

K9

K2

A

A

A

A

TX1035704—UN—30JAN08

Fuse Panel—Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine

A—SpareB—Diagnostic ConnectorF10— Key Switch FuseF11— Radio—Power Port Fuse

(unswitched)F12— Horn-Stop Lamp FuseF13— Flex Load Controller

(FLC)-Flex HydraulicController (FHC)-FlasherFuse (unswitched)

F15— Monitor-ServiceADVISOR™ Fuse

F30— Monitor-Flex LoadController (FLC)-FlexHydraulic Controller (FHC)(Sswitched) Fuse

F31— Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse

F35— Park Brake-Pump-MFWDFuse

F36— Transmission Control FuseF40— Docking-Front Work Lights

FuseF41— Front Drive-Tail-Beacon

Lights FuseF42— Rear Work Lights FuseF44— Blower FuseF45— Dome-Radio-Power Port

Fuse

F46— RTD-ALT-Excitation FuseF47— Aux Function Power

Connectors FuseF48— Wipers-Washer FuseK2—Ignition RelayK6—Transmission RelayK9—Fuel Pump Lift Relay

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-1-10 020113

PN=160



TX1014514

B

F12

F44

F40

F41

F42

F45

F46

F47

F30

F35

F31

F36

F48

F13

F10

F11

F15

K6

K2

A

A

A

A

A

TX1014514—UN—28NOV06

Fuse Panel—Tier 2/Stage II Engine

A—SpareB—Diagnostic ConnectorF10— Key Switch FuseF11— Radio—Power Port Fuse

(Unswitched)F12— Horn-Stop Lamp FuseF13— Flex Load Controller

(FLC)-Flex HydraulicController (FHC)-FlasherFuse (Unswitched)

F15— Monitor-ServiceADVISOR™ Fuse

F30— Monitor-Flex LoadController (FLC)-FlexHydraulic Controller (FHC)(Switched) Fuse

F31— Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse

F35— Park Brake-Pump-MFWDFuse

F36— Transmission Control FuseF40— Docking-Front Work Lights

FuseF41— Front Drive-Tail-Beacon

Lights FuseF42— Rear Work Lights FuseF44— Blower FuseF45— Dome-Radio-Power Port

Fuse

F46— RTD-ALT-Excitation FuseF47— Aux Function Power

Connectors-Water In Fuel(WIF) (If Equipped) Fuse

F48— Wipers-Washer FuseK2—Ignition RelayK6—Transmission Relay

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-1-11 020113

PN=161



F50— JDLink ™ UnswitchedPower 7.5A Fuse

F51— JDLink ™ SwitchedPower 3A Fuse

F52— JDLink ™ Ground 7.5AFuse

F53— JDLink™Alternator RunSignal 3A Fuse

F51 F52

F53F50

TX1027209—UN—02AUG07

JDLink™ Fuse Locations—If Equipped

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-1-12 020113

PN=162


MD04263,000014C -19-10DEC10-5/5

VD76477,00010D3 -19-05NOV10-1/1

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuse

NOTE: The ECU fuse on Tier 3/Stage IIIA engines is a20A fuse. On Tier 2/Stage II engines it is a 10A fuse.

ECU fuse (1) is located on the left-hand side of engine.

1—Engine Control Unit (ECU)Fuse

TX1035854A

—UN—01FE

B08


TX1002532A

—UN—12JAN06


Remove and Install Halogen Bulb1. Remove screws (1), cover (2), lamp (3), and lamp

housing (5).

2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip toremove bulb (4).

IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with barehands. Oil and moisture may cause prematurebulb failure. Clean bulb glass if touched,using an oil-free cloth with alcohol.

3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.

1—Screw (4 used)2—Lamp Cover3—Lamp

4—Bulb5—Lamp Housing

TX1002234A

—UN—07JAN06

Lamp (exploded view)

4-1-13 020113

PN=163


VD76477,0001146 -19-13JUL09-1/1

Continued on next page MD04263,000014D -19-20FEB09-1/2

Checking Starting System

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DONOT attempt to start machine unless you aresitting in operator’s seat. DO NOT bypass ordisable any of the starting system parts.

Set park brake before attempting to start engine.

1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Operator's seat facing forward (loader position) andlocked.

3. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gearforward (1F).

4. Apply service brakes.

5. Start the engine.

NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in forward, F,or reverse, R, but the controller will automaticallyshift the transmission to neutral (N).

TX1002514A

—UN—10JAN06

1—Transmission control lever(TCL)

6. Display will show Release Park Brake. Display willnot show F, forward, or R, reverse, until TCL is cycledback to neutral and park brake is released.

Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If EquippedTier 3/Stage IIIA Engine

1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port2—Engine Oil Sample Port

3—Transmission Oil SamplePort

4—Coolant Sample Port

TX1036119A

—UN—05FE

B08

Located Under Cab Door

TX1036120A

—UN—05FE

B08

Right Side of Engine

4-1-14 020113

PN=164


MD04263,000014D -19-20FEB09-2/2

VD76477,000129C -19-07JUL09-1/1


The fluid sampling ports are located on the right side ofthe engine.

1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port2—Engine Oil Sample Port

3—Transmission Oil SamplePort

4—Coolant Sample Port

TX1002648A

—UN—19JAN06

Changing Loader Buckets

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from fallinghardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fallforward if bucket is in dig position when pinsare removed. Remove pins only when bucketis on ground in full dump position.

1. Position bucket as shown.

2. Attach a hoist to cylinder (5).

3. Remove pin (1) and rotate pivot links (2) to rearagainst cross tube (3).

4. Remove pin (4) and carefully lay cylinder on cross tube.

5. Tie pivot links to the cross tube.

CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can causeinjury if not moved properly. Use adequatelifting device to move bucket.

6. Remove retaining hardware, pins (6) and bucket.

7. Position new bucket in dump position. Install pins (6).

8. Untie pivot links from cross tube. Remove hoist fromcylinder.

9. Connect pivot links and cylinder using previouslyremoved pins (1 and 4) and retaining hardware.

TX1015068A

—UN—14NOV06

1—Pin2—Pivot Link (2 used)3—Cross Tube

4—Pin5—Cylinder6—Pin (2 used)

4-1-15 020113

PN=165


VD76477,00012A1 -19-09JUL09-1/1

VD76477,00010D4 -19-16OCT06-1/1

Adding Front Counterweights

CAUTION: Counterweights are heavy andcan cause serious injury if dropped. Ensurecounterweights are properly supportedwith a forklift or other adequate liftingdevice before removing.

Install front counterweights for added stability asnecessary.

1. Support counterweights with a forklift before adding orremoving weights. Insert forklift tines in slots (1).

2. Remove cap screws (2).

3. Remove or add counterweight (3) as necessary.

4. Install cap screws.

TX1003042A

—UN—24JAN06

1—Slot (2 used)2—Cap Screw (2 used)

3—Counterweight

Reversing Stabilizer FeetUse rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operatingon paved surface to prevent damaging work area.

Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirtto prevent slipping.

To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180° toopposite surface, and install pin to keep foot from turningback around.

A—Rubber Pad SideB—Cleat Side

C—Pin

T8214A

O—UN—27APR94

4-1-16 020113

PN=166


TX18203,00004BC -19-19JUN09-1/1

VD76477,00004EC -19-23JUL09-1/1

Adding Liquid Ballast to Front TiresSee Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)

Weights given are for front tires 75 percent full of water ora 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) per liter (gallon) of water calcium chloride(CaCl2) solution.

NOTE: Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per liter(gallon) of water will stay slush free to —24°C(—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution

Tire Size Volume Weight Volume Weight Total Weight PerTire

11L-15 53 L14 gal

53 kg117 lb

45 L12 gal

19 kg42 lb

64 kg141 lb

11L-16 57 L15 gal

57 kg126 lb

49 L13 gal

21 kg46 lb

70 kg154 lb

12-16.5 57 L15 gal

57 kg126 lb

49 L13 gal

21 kg46 lb

70 kg154 lb

12.5/80-18 83 L22 gal

83 kg183 lb

64 L17 gal

38 kg84 lb

102 kg225 lb

14.5/75-16.1 102 L27 gal

102 kg225 lb

87 L23 gal

37 kg82 lb

124 kg273 lb

15-19.5 109 L29 gal

109 kg240 lb

95 L25 gal

39 kg86 lb

134 kg295 lb

16.5L-16.1 156 L41 gal

156 kg344 lb

133 L35 gal

55 kg121 lb

188 kg414 lb

Welding On MachineUPDATE IN PROGRESS-7-23-09. SEE OM LEAD FORCORRECT CONTENT.

Keep this story and Welding Near Electronic Control Unitsstory next to each other when applicable.

4-1-17 020113

PN=167


VD76477,0001137 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Checking Ride Control Accumulator—IfEquipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin causing serious injury.Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tightenall connections before applying pressure. Searchfor leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect handsand body from high pressure fluids.

CAUTION: Clear area of bystanders. The boomwill jump upward during this check. Makesure area around bucket is clear.

1. Start engine.

2. Run engine at high idle.

3. Push ride control switch (1) to on position.

4. Raise boom to maximum height.

5. Power boom down half-way to ground.

6. Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.

7. If boom is not cushioned when loader valve isreleased, see your authorized dealer for servicing theaccumulator.

X9811

—UN—23AUG88

TX1013918A

—UN—20DEC06

1—Ride Control Switch

4-1-18 020113

PN=168


VD76477,0001138 -19-07JUL09-1/1

HG31779,00001BD -19-07JUL09-1/1

Discharge Ride Control System HydraulicPressure—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom or bucket movement whenequipped with ride control. Ride controlaccumulator energy must be discharged whenworking on hydraulic components. Turn keyswitch to ON. Push upper half of ride controlswitch to activate ride control and moveloader control lever to FLOAT.

Do not have ride control activated when startingthe machine; the machine may move if ridecontrol is activated when the machine is started.

Do not have ride control activated whenoperating the loader; the ride control systemmay cause unexpected movement.

The ride control system has an accumulator and valvein the loader circuit.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on themachine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ridecontrol system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

2. Push lower half of ride control switch (1) to deactivateride control.

3. Start the engine.

TX1013918A

—UN—20DEC06

1—Ride Control Switch

4. Position front loader boom so that the bucket isapproximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.

5. Stop the engine.

6. Turn key switch to ON without restarting engine. Pushupper half of ride control switch to activate ride control.

7. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucketshould lower to ground.

8. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, seeChecking Ride Control Accumulator—If Equipped inthis section.

Discharge Pilot Control System HydraulicPressure—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpectedmachine movement. Turn engine off. Keepbystanders clear of machine.

Before servicing or performing maintenance on themachine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the pilotcontrol system as follows:

1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

2. Turn off engine.

3. Turn key switch to “ON” position.

4. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.

5. Pull pilot control towers back to operating position.

6. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to “Unlock”position to enable pilot controls.

T163349B

—UN—02JAN03

1—Pilot Control Enable/Dis-able Switch

2—Pilot Controls

7. Actuate pilot controls (2) in a circular pattern for fiveto ten rotations.

4-1-19 020113

PN=169


BT40170,0000043 -19-16JAN08-1/2

BT40170,0000043 -19-16JAN08-2/2

VD76477,0001139 -19-07JUL09-1/1

Lowering Boom Without ElectricalPower—For Machines With Pilot Controls1. Remove rear half of floor mat.

2. Remove cap screws (1) and plastic cover (2).

3. Remove cap screws (3) and rear cab access floorplate (4).

1—Cap Screw (4 used)2—Plastic Cover

3—Cap Screw (4 used)4—Rear Cab Access Floor

Plate

T163972B

—UN—15JAN03

4. Disconnect hose (5) from bulkhead fitting (6).

5. Connect remote pressure source to bulkhead fitting.Pressure source must be within specification.

SpecificationRemote PressureSource—Pressure...................................................... 1379—24 821 kPa

14—248 bar200—3600 psi

6. Lower boom using pilot controls.

7. Disconnect remote pressure source.

8. Connect hose to bulkhead fitting (6).

9. Install rear access floor plate.

10. Install plastic cover and floor mat.

T164626B

—UN—27JAN03

5—Hose 6—Pilot Pressure BulkheadFitting

Check Park Brake

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Fasten seatbelt before performing this check.

1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Start machine on dry, hard pavement.

3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.

4. Push right half of park brake switch (1) to disengagethe park brake.

5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.

6. Move the transmission control lever (TCL) to F. Movethe gearshift lever to 2nd gear.

7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and driveapproximately 7 m (20 ft), then push left half of parkbrake switch to engage the park brake. The machine

TX1013963A

—UN—20DEC06

1—Park Brake Switch

must stop within 2 m (6 ft) and transmission must shiftto neutral.

4-1-20 020113

PN=170


TX18203,00004B9 -19-09JUL09-1/1

Bleeding Fuel System

NOTE: Whenever the fuel system has been opened upfor service (lines disconnected or filters removed),or if machine has run out of fuel, it may benecessary to bleed air from the system.

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relievepressure before disconnecting fuel or otherlines. Tighten all connections before applyingpressure. Keep hands and body away frompinholes and nozzles that eject fluids under highpressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper tosearch for leaks. Do not use your hand.

If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, a doctorfamiliar with this type of injury must surgicallyremove it within a few hours or gangrenemay result. Doctors unfamiliar with thistype of injury may call the Deere & CompanyMedical Department in Moline, Illinois, or otherknowledgeable medical source.


NOTE: If machine is equipped with auxiliary waterseparator fuel filter the fuel tank must becompletely full.

1. Fill fuel tank.

2. Open bleed screw (7) on final fuel filter (2).

3. Pump primer lever (8) on fuel transfer pump until airfree fuel stream is observed out of the bleed screw.

NOTE: The primer lever may need to be pressedapproximately 65 times.

4. Close bleed screw on final fuel filter.

5. Pump primer lever on fuel transfer pump untilresistance is felt.

NOTE: The primer lever may need to be pressedapproximately 15 times.

TX1002309A

—UN—06JAN06

Final Fuel Filter on Tier 2/Stage II Engine

1—Retaining Ring2—Final Fuel Filter3—Water Separator Assembly

7—Bleed Screw8—Primer Lever

6. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.

7. Start engine.


The fuel system for Tier 3/Stage IIIA engine isself-bleeding.

1. Fill fuel tank.

2. Turn key switch to the ON position.

3. Wait 2 minutes.

4. Turn key switch to the OFF position.

5. Turn key switch back to the ON position.

6. Wait 2 minutes.

7. Start engine.

4-1-21 020113

PN=171


Continued on next page JH38101,0000189 -19-23SEP10-1/3

Brake Bleeding Procedure

TX1074504

4

1

2

3

TX1074504—UN—07APR10

Brake Bleeding Procedure Using Bleed Screw Method

1—Bleed Screw (right side) 2—Clear Plastic Tube3—Container

4—Bleed Screw (left side)

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Do not operatemachine if pedal travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25in.) while applying 267 N (60 lb-force). Operatingmachine with excessive brake travel could causebrakes not to stop machine on first application.

NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system throughbrake valve without use of bleed screws but theprocedure may take much longer so bleed screwmethod is the recommended procedure. Brakelines must be inclined toward brake valve forprocedures other than bleed method.

Low ambient temperature or aeration of oilwill slow bleed process.

The rear axle is equipped with two brake bleedscrews, one for each wheel. Brake bleeding must bedone whenever the brake system has been openedto repair or after replacing the brake valve, brakelines, fitting, O-rings or axle internal brake parts.

Both brake pedals may be depressed at one timeeven though bleeding is done one side at a time.

All fittings must be inspected for leaks and tightened ifleaks occur.

The preferred method for the brake bleeding procedure isto use the bleed screw method. The vacuum and manual

methods are much slower methods but may be used asalternates.

Bleed Screw Method

NOTE: Two people are required to bleed brake systemoil, one to operate brake valve and other toopen and close bleed screws.

CAUTION: Hot oil can cause serious burninjury. Secure drain hose on bleed screw andin container to prevent it from blowing off whenbleed screw is opened while brakes are applied.

1. Secure a clear plastic tube (2) on bleed screw (4) withhose clamp and secure other end in a small container(3).

2. Start engine and run at slow idle with park brake on.

3. Steer from right to left stop-to-stop three times to fillthe brake valve reservoir.

4. Shut off engine.

NOTE: Only two pedal bleeding applications can be donewithout refilling the brake valve reservoir.

Bleed screw must be closed before the fullydepressed pedal reaches the floor.

4-1-22 020113

PN=172


JH38101,0000189 -19-23SEP10-2/3

JH38101,0000189 -19-23SEP10-3/3

5. Depress and hold the brake pedal, and open one(side) service brake bleed screw to allow air and oilmixture into a container. Close bleed screw beforepedal reaches maximum travel or floor.

If the bleeding procedure (applying brake pedal fulldistance or travel) is done more than twice, fill thebrake valve reservoir again by starting the machineand steering from stop-to-stop three times.

Repeat the process until oil from bleed screw runsclear and without air.

6. Repeat process for opposite side.

7. After bleeding process is completed, pump each pedalto check if pedal is firm.

8. Check brake pedal (1) travel distance (A) tospecification by measuring from floor to brake pedalas shown.

SpecificationDual Brake PedalTravel—Max. Distance.................................................................. 95 mm

3.75 in.Single Brake PedalTravel—Max. Distance.................................................................114 mm

4.5 in.

9. Recycle old oil.

Vacuum Method

1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum to breatherport on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes,disconnect air pressure.

2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum deviceconnected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Bothpedals should become solid.


Manual Method

1. Engage park brake. Run engine at slow idle.

2. Steer from stop-to-stop three or four times to fill thebrake valve reservoir.

3. Pump left-hand brake pedal five times, allowing 2seconds between each pump for air to escape.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the left-hand pedal is solid.

1A

TX1081823—UN—21SEP10

Brake Pedal Travel

1—Brake Pedal A—Travel Distance

5. Pump right-hand pedal until pedal is solid, then pumpboth pedals together until pedals are solid.


4-1-23 020113

PN=173


Continued on next page MD04263,000032B -19-05NOV10-1/2

Service Recommendations For Snap-To-Connect (STC®) Fittings

Snap-To-Connect (STC®) fittings are used on thismachine. The fittings are designed to allow the hydraulichose to rotate as needed when the system is notpressurized. This prevents the hydraulic hoses frombinding when components are put back to their operatingposition.

Fittings are easily disconnected using JDG1385 SpecialTool (1) (supplied with machine). The special tool has adifferent size slot cut into each end. The narrow slot isfor -06 size fittings. The wide slot is for -08 size fittings.Use appropriate end of special tool on fitting beingdisconnected. To connect fittings, simply push each halfof fitting together.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeveor damage to fitting may result.

DO NOT force release sleeve beyond normalrange of travel, otherwise, release sleeve mayfall off when hose is disconnected. If thishappens and fitting is connected without therelease sleeve installed, fitting will not beable to be disconnected again.

1. Disconnect STC type fittings:

a. Clean area around fitting, especially around therelease sleeve (3).

b. While keeping JDG1385 Special Tool perpendicularto the fitting, insert tool between release sleeve andshoulder (2).

c. Gently push, DO NOT PRY, release sleeve awayfrom shoulder to disconnect the fitting.

d. Pull hose to disconnect.

T161381C

—UN—14APR03

JDG1385 Special Tool Storage Location In Toolbox

T134792C

—UN—24OCT00

STC Fitting and JDG1385 Special Tool

1—JDG1385 Special Tool2—Shoulder

3—Release Sleeve

Snap-To-Connect is a trademark of Eaton Corp

4-1-24 020113

PN=174


MD04263,000032B -19-05NOV10-2/2

HG31779,00001BE -19-09JUL09-1/1

2. Inspect STC fittings:

a. Check seal mating surfaces for nicks, scratches,or flat spots.

b. Check O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and retaining ring(2) for wear or damage.

c. Make sure O-ring, backup ring, and retaining ring arein position before connecting fitting halves together.

3. Connect STC fittings:

a. Make sure fitting halves (3 and 6) are clean andfree of contaminants.

b. Make sure release sleeve (1) is on male half of STCfitting (6) before connecting fitting halves together.

c. Push fitting halves together until a definite snap andsolid stop is felt.

d. Pull back on hose to make sure fitting halves arelocked together.

e. To prevent hoses from binding, move componentinto position before pressurizing hydraulic system.

T133922—UN—21SEP00

STC Fitting Cross Section

1—Release Sleeve2—Retaining Ring3—Female Half of STC Fitting

4—O-Ring5—Backup Ring6—Male Half of STC Fitting

Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—IfEquipped1. Turn lever (1) counterclockwise to loosen.

2. Adjust wrist rest (2) up or down to desired position.

3. Turn lever clockwise to tighten.

1—Lever 2—Wrist Rest

T163361B

—UN—02JAN03

4-1-25 020113

PN=175


VD76477,00012C0 -19-07JUL09-1/1

Toe-In Check and AdjustSPECIFICATIONS

Non-Powered Axle andMechanical Front Wheel Drive(MFWD) Axle Toe-In Distance

3—6 mm0.13—0.25 in.

Tie Rod Jam Nut Torque 120 N•m89 lb-ft

Toe-In Measurement Check

1. Measure distance from ground to center of both hubs(A). Mark front (B) and rear (C) of each front tire incenter of tread.

2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rearmarks (C).

3. Front marks must be closer than rear marks withinspecification.

SpecificationNon-Powered Axleand Mechanical FrontWheel Drive (MFWD)Axle—Distance...........................................................................3—6 mm

0.13—0.25 in.

T6382JW

—UN—02NOV88

Toe-In Measurement

A—Center of HubB—Front of Tire

C—Rear of TireD—Tie Rod Tube

4. If measurements are not within specification, see yourauthorized dealer for adjustment.

4-1-26 020113

PN=176


TX,90,BD2190 -19-07JUL09-1/1

T82,EXMA,BJ -19-16JAN08-1/1

Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the tooth

tip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.

NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this wordmust face the shank.

If shank is badly worn, install new shank.

Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.

2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin.

3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin in place.

A—Tooth TipB—Tooth Shank

C—Flex PinD—Groove

T7646A

P—UN—16DEC91

T7646A

O—UN—16DEC91

T7646A

N—UN—16DEC91

Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,Pumps or MotorsSpecial tools and information are needed to servicecontrol valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.

If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.

4-1-27 020113

PN=177


VD76477,0001141 -19-21DEC06-1/1

TX,90,FF1225 -19-16JAN08-1/1

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalledcorrectly if the rollover protective structure(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will beimpaired if ROPS is subjected to structuraldamage, is involved in an overturn incident,or is in any way altered. A damaged ROPSshould be replaced, not reused.

When installation of equipment on a machine necessitatesloosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must betightened to specification.

SpecificationROPS MountingBolts—Torque..............................................................................420 N·m

310 lb-ft


Hardware Torque SpecificationsCheck cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight.If hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on thefollowing charts unless a special torque is specified.

4-1-28 020113

PN=178


DX,TORQ1 -19-12JAN11-1/1

Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque ValuesTS1671 —UN—01MAY03

SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2Bolt or ScrewSize Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc

N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74

N·m lb.-ft.1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 1159/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 1655/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 2253/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 4007/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 6401 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960

1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 13501-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 19201-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 25001-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350

Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the boltor screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tighteningprocedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steeltype lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on U-bolts, see thetightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to failunder predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If highergrade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of theoriginal. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that youproperly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricateplain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel boltsor wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for thespecific application.

aGrade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.b“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in.and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.c“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.

4-1-29 020113

PN=179


DX,TORQ2 -19-12JAN11-1/1

MB60223,00000E8 -19-11MAR09-1/1

Metric Bolt and Screw Torque ValuesTS1670 —UN—01MAY03

4.84.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

12.912.910.99.88.84.8

Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9Bolt or ScrewSize Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb

N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70

N·m lb.-ft.M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500

Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength ofthe bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value ortightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steelfasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for thespecific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nutsby turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless differentinstructions are given for the specific application.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Alwaysreplace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners withthe same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners areused, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastenerthreads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. Whenpossible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts,wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for thespecific application.

a“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.b“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.

Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock1. Inspect loader boom service lock (1), cotter pin, and

retaining pin to ensure that all are in good condition.

2. Verify that warning decal is in place.

3. See your authorized dealer for replacement parts.

1—Loader Boom Service Lock

TX1002080A

—UN—04JAN06

4-1-30 020113

PN=180

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-1/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-2/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-3/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-4/46

Continued on next page MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-5/46

Operational Checkout Procedure

Use this procedure to check all systems and functionson the machine. It is designed so you can make a quickcheck of machine operation while doing both a walkaround inspection and performing specific checks fromthe operator’s seat.

Should you experience a problem with your machine, youwill find helpful diagnostic information in this checkout thatwill pinpoint the cause. Use the table of contents to helpfind adjustment procedures. This information may allowyou to perform simple repairs yourself, reducing machinedown time.

The information obtained after completing the operationalcheckout will allow you or your authorized dealer topinpoint a specific test or repair needed to restore themachine to specifications.

A location will be required which is level and has adequatespace to complete the checks. No tools or equipment areneeded to perform this checkout.

Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oilcondition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring,etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine must be atoperating temperature for many of the checks.

Locate the check to be performed at the top of the leftcolumn and read completely down the column beforeperforming the check. Follow this sequence from leftto right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problemis indicated, you will be referred to either a group in thismanual or to your authorized dealer for repair.

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

•1 Display and ClearTrouble Codes

Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing theoperational checkout.

Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods:

• Standard Display Monitor (SDM) YES: Correct alldiagnostics trouble codesbefore proceeding. Seeyour authorized dealer.

• Service Advisor NO: Proceed withoperational checkout.

Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks

•1 Battery Check

TX1003151 —19—30JAN06Key switch OFF.Press SELECT button, on Standard Display Monitor (SDM), and hold until batteryvolts are displayed.NOTE: Fuel gauge will calibrate against the far left peg before returning to its

normal operating position and engine hours will be displayed.YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts? NO: Test battery.

4-2-1 020113

PN=181



Key Switch ON, Engine Off Checks

4-2-2 020113

PN=182



•1 Standard DisplayMonitor (SDM) Check

TX1003145 —UN—02FEB06Model Number

TX1003151 —19—30JAN06Key switch ON (engine NOT running).Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators and gauges).Press NEXT until the SDM displays gear, engine speed and hour meter.NOTE: Starting motor must not operate. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Do all lights and backlighting come on?Does the display show the correct model number?Do all gauge indicators point to approximately 12:00 o’clock position and then move totheir normal operating position?

NO: See your authorizeddealer.

TX1003153 —19—02FEB06Key switch ON (engine NOT running).Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does the display show volts, gear and engine speed? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

TX1003147 —UN—02FEB06Key switch ON (engine NOT running).Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and hydraulic oil temperature? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-3 020113

PN=183


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-8/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-9/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-10/46


NJ O B 1 3 2 . 4

0

TX1003154 —19—22JAN07Key switch ON (engine NOT running).Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and job timer hours? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

•2 Service Brake PedalStop Check

T134625 —UN—19OCT00Unlock brake pedals.Lift left and right brake pedals individually.LOOK: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of travel before cap screws contactstop?

YES: Go to next check.

NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should be 0.127—0.381mm (0.005—0.015 in.).

This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened and brakes are released.


•3 Ride Control ElectricalCheck (If Equipped)

TX1002661 —UN—13JAN06Turn key switch ON (do not start engine).Turn ride control switch ON. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed Switch Module (SSM) indicatorlight turn ON?


Turn ride control switch OFF. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed Switch Module (SSM) indicatorlight turn off?


Key Switch On, Engine On

4-2-4 020113

PN=184



•1 Park Brake Indicatorand Switch Check

TX1003182 —UN—30JAN06Fasten Seat Belt.Operator's seat facing loader position.Apply service brakes.Start the engine.Engine speed at slow idle.LOOK: Is the PARK BRAKE indicator on?

TX1016611 —UN—12APR10Release park brake.LOOK: Is the Park Brake indicator OFF?Apply park brake. YES: Go to next check.Stop the engine. NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-5 020113

PN=185



•2 Start Circuit Check

TX1003174 —UN—30JAN06

R E L E A S E P A R K B R A K E

TX1003152 —19—22JAN07Fasten seat belt.Operator's seat facing loader position.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear forward (1F).Apply service brakes.Start the engine.Engine speed at slow idle.NOTE: The engine will start with transmission control lever (TCL) in

forward (F) or reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shiftthe transmission to neutral (N).

LOOK/LISTEN: Does the engine start?Does display show RELEASE PARK BRAKE?

TX1003148 —UN—02FEB06Apply service brakes.Release park brake.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral.NOTE: Display will not show “F” forward or “R” reverse until the transmission control

lever (TCL) is cycled to neutral and the park brake has been released.LOOK: Does display show neutral (N).

TX1003149 —UN—30JAN06Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear forward.


LOOK: Does display show 1F? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-6 020113

PN=186


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-14/46


•3 Reverse WarningAlarm Check

TX1003175 —UN—30JAN061R Gearshift Lever

TX1003150 —UN—30JAN061R Display

Engine speed at slow idle.Operator's seat facing loader position.Apply service brakes.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear reverse (1R). YES: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does display show correct gear and direction?Does the reverse warning alarm sound?


•4 Transmission GearShift Detent Check

TX1003176 —UN—30JAN06Fasten seat belt.Start the engine.Engine speed at slow idle.Operator's seat facing loader position.Apply service brakes.Release park brake.Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F).Turn transmission control lever (TCL) to shift into each gear. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does gear number align with pointer in each speed detent position?Does twist handle remain in detented positions?Does display indicate correct gear and direction?

NO: Replace transmissioncontrol lever (TCL)/rangeswitch.

4-2-7 020113

PN=187


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-16/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-17/46


•5 Park Brake FunctionCheck

TX1016611 —UN—12APR10Fasten seat belt.Start the engine.Engine speed at slow idle.Operator's seat facing loader position.Apply service brakes.Release park brake.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 3rd gear forward (3F).Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few feet.Apply the Park Brake.NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as Park Brake is applied. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/FEEL: Does Park Brake engage immediately, when Park Brake Switch ispushed and does the machine stop?


•6 Pilot Control TowerOperating/StoredPosition Check (IfEquipped)

Move pilot control towers into operating position.

Release towers.LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in operating position?Move pilot control towers into stored position. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in stored position? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

•7 Pilot ControlEnable/Disable SwitchCheck (If Equipped)

Run engine at 1500 rpm.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy compo-nent. Use appropriate lifting device.

Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket.

Specification310J—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 7321 kg

16 140 lbDisable pilot controls and move control levers. NO: Continue with check.LOOK: Do activated functions move? YES: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-8 020113

PN=188


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-19/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-20/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-21/46


•8 Pilot Control PatternSelect Switch Check(If Equipped)

Enable pilot controls.

Select backhoe from the two position pattern select switch.Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. YES: Continue with check.LOOK: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated?Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?


Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch.Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated?Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?


•9 Pilot Control ValveCheck (If Equipped)

Enable pilot controls.

Move pilot control levers in all directions.FEEL/LOOK: Do levers move freely in all directions? YES: Go to next check.FEEL/LOOK: Do levers spring back to neutral when released? NO: If pilot control levers

bind during travel or do notreturn to neutral position,inspect controls and towers.See your authorized dealer.

••10 Pilot ControlAccumulator Check(If Equipped)

Run engine at 1500 rpm.

Operators seat in backhoe position.Enable pilot controls.Disengage boom from boom lock.Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds.Turn engine off, and turn key switch to on.NOTE: Pilot control enable switch must be cycled after key switch

is turned back into on position.Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position.Activate boom down function. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••11 Backhoe PositionControl Pattern

Engine speed at slow idle.

Operator's seat facing backhoe position.Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer.Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer YES: Continue check.LOOK: Do both stabilizers raise and lower? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-9 020113

PN=189


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-23/46


••12 Stabilizer CylinderCheck

Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm.

Position loader bucket off the ground.Operator's seat facing backhoe position.

CAUTION: Machine will move forward as transmission controllever (TCL) is moved into forward (F).


Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground.


16 140 lbLOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?Raise stabilizers. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••13 Hydraulic andTransmission OilWarmup Procedure

IMPORTANT: For the following checks all systems must be warmed up tooperating range to get accurate test results.

Check hydraulic oil temperature. If hydraulic oil temperature is not to specification allowmachine time to warm up to normal operating range.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 60—70°C

140—160°FCheck transmission oil temperature. If transmission oil temperature is not tospecification allow machine time to warm up to normal operating range.

SpecificationTransmission Oil—Temperature...................................................................... 60—70°C

140—160°F


Are hydraulic and transmission oil temperature to specification? NO: Warm system tospecification.

4-2-10 020113

PN=190



••14 Cycle Times Check Engine at fast idle.

Record cycle time for each function.Does machine perform within specifications? YES: Go to next check.

4-2-11 020113

PN=191



SpecificationLoader boom raise (bucket flat onground-to-full height)—Maximum CycleTime (seconds)............................................................................... 310J - 4.9 (seconds)

310SJ - 5.5 (seconds)Loader boom lower—Powered(full height-to-bucket flat onground)—Maximum Cycle Time..................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)

310SJ - 2.2 (seconds)Loader boom lower—Float(full height-to-bucket flat onground)—Maximum Cycle Time..................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)

310SJ - 2.2 (seconds)Loader bucket dump (boom just aboveground—Maximum Cycle Time....................................................... 310J - 2.6 (seconds)

310SJ - 2.4 (seconds)Loader bucket curl (boom just aboveground)—Maximum Cycle Time................................................................ 2.6 (seconds)Backhoe boom raise (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)Backhoe boom lower (backhoe atmaximum reach, bucket teeth onground-to-boom at cushion)—MaximumCycle Time................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)Crowd in (boom in transportposition)—Maximum Cycle Time............................................................... 3.1 (seconds)Crowd out (boom in transportposition)—Maximum Cycle Time............................................................... 2.7 (seconds)Backhoe bucket dump—Maximum CycleTime........................................................................................................... 2.4 (seconds)Backhoe bucket curl—Maximum CycleTime........................................................................................................... 3.2 (seconds)Backhoe swing (boom raisedto cushion, bucket curled,dipperstick parallel to groundcylinder-cushion-to-cylinder-cushion(180°))—Maximum Cycle Time.................................................................. 3.3 (seconds)Extendible dipperstick extend—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time.............................................................. 2.4 (seconds)Extendible dipperstick retract—IfEquipped—Maximum Cycle Time.............................................................. 2.6 (seconds)Right stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time.................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)Right stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time........................................................................ 2.5 (seconds)Left stabilizer down (full up-to-groundlevel)—Maximum Cycle Time.................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)Left stabilizer up (ground level-to-fullup)—Maximum Cycle Time........................................................................ 2.5 (seconds)Steering right to left—Turns................................................................................. 2.3 to 3Steering left to right—Turns................................................................................. 2.3 to 3Steering right to left (MFWD)—Turns.................................................................. 2.3 to 3Steering left to right (MFWD)—Turns.................................................................. 2.3 to 3

NO: Check hydraulicoil level. See CheckHydraulic Reservoir OilLevel. (Section 3-4.)

Does machine perform within specifications? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-12 020113

PN=192


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-27/46


••15 Brake System LeakageCheck

T134626 —UN—19OCT00Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal using approximately 267 N(60 lb-force).

SpecificationBrake Pedal—Force................................................................................................267 N

60 lb

NO: Go to next check.

LOOK: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air in the system). Does pedalsettle more than 25 mm (1.0 in.) per minute.

YES: Bleed brake system.See Brake BleedingProcedure. (Section 4-1.)

••16 Brake Drag/ParkBrake Check

T6171AL —UN—09DEC88Operator's seat in loader position.Position machine on a gradual slope with front of machine facing downhill.Lift loader bucket off the ground.Transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral.Differential lock not actuated.

TX1016611 —UN—12APR10Release park brake.Release service brakes.Let machine coast freely for several feet.Apply park brake.LOOK: Did machine stop?Release park brake.LOOK: Did machine coast freely? YES: Go to next check.NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes.

Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging.NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-13 020113

PN=193


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-29/46


••17 Engine Speed SelectKnob Check

TX1003184 —UN—30JAN06Engine speed slow idle.Auto-Idle OFF.Lower all equipment to the ground.Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral.Move speed control knob to slow idle, then to fast idle position. YES: Continue check.LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (FastIdle)?


Engine speed slow idle.Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.


Raise rear wheels of machine off the ground.


16 140 lbMechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear forward. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle? NO: See your authorized

dealer.Engine speed slow idle.Operator’s seat facing loader position.Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral.Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.Apply service brakes. YES: Continue check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle? NO: See your authorized

dealer.Release service brakes. NO: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm? YES: See your authorized

dealer.

••18 Engine Speed ControlPedal Check

Engine speed slow idle.

Lower all equipment to the ground.Operator’s seat facing loader position.Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral.Move the engine speed control pedal from slow idle to fast idle. YES: Continue check.LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (FastIdle)?


4-2-14 020113

PN=194


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-31/46


••19 Auto-Idle CircuitCheck (If Equipped)

TX1002663 —UN—13JAN06Engine speed fast idle.Auto-Idle switch OFF (Indicator light OFF).Lower all equipment to the ground.Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral.Push Auto-Idle Switch to ON. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed decrease after 4 to 6 seconds? Does Auto-Idleindicator light come ON?


Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to its original setting? NO: See your authorized

dealer.Rotate operator's seat to loader position.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does Auto-Idle indicator light go OFF? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••20 Engine and TorqueConverter Check(Without MFWD)

T6171AM —UN—09DEC88Engine speed slow idle.Operator’s seat facing loader position.Position machine with loader bucket at ground level against a dirt bank or immovableobject.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.Engage differential lock.Increase engine speed to fast idle.Release park brake.LOOK: Do rear wheels stall? YES: Go to next check.NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine, transmission

and torque converter performance.NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-15 020113

PN=195


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-33/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-34/46


••21 Transmission NeutralDisconnect CircuitCheck

Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position.

Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm.Raise loader bucket off the ground.Shift transmission into 4th gear.Release park brake.Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F).LISTEN: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the transmission controllever (TCL) is shifted into forward (F)?Press button on loader control lever and note sound of engine. YES: Go to next check.LISTEN: Does engine rpm increase when the neutral disconnect button is pressed? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••22 Differential LockCheck

T6295AD —UN—19OCT88Operator’s seat facing loader position.


Raise machine off the ground.


16 140 lbRelease park brake.Unlock the brake pedals.Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF (if equipped).Depress differential lock control.Operate machine at approximately 1200 rpm in 1st forward (1F).Apply one brake pedal. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop. NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••23 Differential Gear andPinion Check

Operator’s seat facing loader position.

Release park brake.Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.Steer machine in a maximum left turn and depress left brake pedal to stop the left wheel.Steer machine in a maximum right turn and depress right brake pedal to stop the rightwheel.


LISTEN: Can excessive gear noise be heard in the differential or pinion gear area? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-16 020113

PN=196


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-36/46


••24 Front Wheel Alignment(Toe-In) Check

T6264AI —UN—22OCT91Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with loose material.


LOOK: Is material from behind front wheels thrown excessively inward or outward? NO: See Toe-In Check andAdjust. (Section 4-1.)

••25 Mechanical FrontWheel Drive (MFWD)Driving Check (IfEquipped)

T131717B —UN—15JUN00MFWD Switch

Engine speed slow idle.Operator’s seat facing loader position.




16 140 lbRelease park brake.Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.Press and hold and then release the top half of the mechanical front wheel drive(MFWD) switch.


LOOK: Do the front wheels turn when the switch is pressed and stop when it isreleased?


Press the bottom of the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch to engagemechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).


LOOK: Do the front wheel continue to turn. NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-17 020113

PN=197


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-38/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-39/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-40/46


••26 Mechanical FrontWheel Drive (MFWD)Differential Check CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy compo-

nent. Use appropriate lifting device.



16 140 lbOperator’s seat facing loader position.Release park brake.Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F).Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).Lower front wheels to just contact ground. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does at least one front wheel turn? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••27 Mechanical FrontWheel Drive (MFWD)Gear and Pinion Check

Drive machine at transport speed with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) engaged,then disengage.

LISTEN: Does mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) “whine” when disengaged? YES: Go to next check.NOTE: It is normal for mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) to “whine”

when engaged at transport speeds.NO: If mechanical frontwheel drive (MFWD)“whines”, check oil levelsand fill to correct level.

••28 Ride Control SystemCheck (If Equipped)

Run engine at fast idle.

Turn ride control ON.Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.Raise loader boom to maximum height.Power boom down half-way to the ground.Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••29 Hydraulic LoaderCoupler Check (IfEquipped) CAUTION: Avoid unexpected movement. Position attachment

on ground before releasing pin.

Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.Move coupler switch to disengage position.LOOK/LISTEN: Do coupler pins retract?LISTEN: Does chime sound? YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does coupler indicator light come ON? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-18 020113

PN=198


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-42/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-43/46


••30 Steering SystemChecks

Operator’s seat facing loader position.

Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground.


Raise rear of machine off the ground.


16 140 lbOperate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times.LOOK: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steeringwheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?


NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels tocontinue to move after steering wheel is stopped.

NO: Wheels did NOTmovesmoothly in both directions.Wheels continued tomove after steering wheelwas stopped. See yourauthorized dealer.

••31 Cylinder CushionCheck

Engine speed idle.

Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.


Raise rear of machine off the ground.


16 140 lbBoom must be lowered from the transport position.Activate backhoe swing left and right.Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke.LOOK: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke? YES: Go to next check.Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function. NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••32 Backhoe and LoaderFunction Drift Check

Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 60—70°C

140—160°FEngine speed slow idle.Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground.Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off the ground.Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket.Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-19 020113

PN=199


MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-45/46

MD04263,000014E -19-06MAY10-46/46

Cab System Checks

•1 Cab System ChecksOperational Checkout

Do the following work properly?

• Seat adjustment

• Seat belt• Tilt wheel console• Dome light

• Horn• Front and rear windshield wiper and washer

• Four speed (five position) blower fan

• Air conditioning• Heater• Door and window latches

• Front and rear work lights

• Drive and brake lights

• Warning lights

• Turn signals

• Side shield latches

• Grill housing• Fuel fill cap• Loader boom lock check

• Backhoe boom lock check

• Service decal check

• Beacon (if equipped) YES: Operational checkoutcomplete.

• Auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped) NO: Repair.

4-2-20 020113

PN=200

Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

HG31779,0000020 -19-06MAY10-1/1

Troubleshooting ProcedureNOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the

simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficultto verify. When diagnosing a problem, useall possible means to isolate the problem to asingle component or system. Use the followingsteps to diagnose problems:

Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts

Step 3. Adjustments

Step 4. See your authorized John Deere dealer.

4-3-1 020113

PN=201


Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 -19-07MAR07-1/3

EngineSymptom Problem Solution

Engine Cranks, But Will Not Startor Starts Hard

Fuel tank empty Check fuel quantity.

Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

No electrical power to ECU Turn key switch to ON position.Replace fuse. Repair wiring.

Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel line Drain water from fuel tank. Inspectfuel filter for water. Change filter.

Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of fuel Check fuel tank outlet strainer for typeof fuel debris. Check bottom of fueltank for debris. Clean tank. Add fuel.Check grade of fuel. Add correct fuel.

Air leak on suction side of fuel system Check for bubbles in fuel filter andtighten connections. Inspect fuel linesfor damage.

Fuel transfer pump diaphragm leaking Check engine oil for fuel dilution.

Slow cranking speed Check battery and connections.Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).

Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator andair filters. Clean.

Restricted fuel filter Replace fuel filter.

ECU fuse Replace fuse.

Engine Surges or Stalls Frequently Air in fuel Inspect filter for evidence of air in fuel.Tighten connections and bleed fuelsystem.

Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of fuel Check fuel tank outlet strainer fordebris. Check bottom of fuel tank fordebris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Checkgrade of fuel.

Water in fuel Drain fuel tank and inspect filterelement for water. Replace filters.

Fuel filter plugged Replace filter.

Improper valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.

4-3-2 020113

PN=202


Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 -19-07MAR07-2/3

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Misses Air in fuel Check for evidence of air in filter.Tighten connections and bleed fuelsystem.

Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of fuel Check fuel tank for water. Check fueltank strainer and fuel filter for debris.Clean. Check grade of fuel.

Incorrect valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.

Engine Does Not Develop Power Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged Check fuel tank for water or debris.Remove and clean.

Fuel filter plugged Replace fuel filter.

Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Air system restricted Check air filter restriction and airfilters. Clean.

Incorrect valve clearance Adjust valve clearance.

Engine Emits Excessive Black orGray Exhaust Smoke

Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction and airfilters. Clean or replace.

Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Engine Emits Excessive Blue orWhite Smoke

Cranking speed too slow Check batteries and connections.

Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Slow Acceleration Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Detonation (Excess Engine Knock) Low engine oil level Add oil.

Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin) Add correct oil to proper level.

Engine oil diluted with fuel Inspect engine oil. See yourauthorized dealer.

Low Oil Pressure (Oil PressureLight On—Red "Stop" Flashing)

Low oil level Add oil to proper level. Inspect engineoil.

Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted withdiesel fuel

Change oil and see your authorizeddealer.

Engine Overheats (Engine CoolantIndicator Light On and Red "Stop"Flashing)

Low coolant level Fill cooling system and check for leaks.

Low engine oil level Add oil.

Engine overloaded, operating inincorrect gear

Reduce load.

4-3-3 020113

PN=203


HG31779,0000021 -19-07MAR07-3/3


Improper fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Radiator cap Replace cap.

Excessive Fuel Consumption Air system restricted Check filter restriction indicator andair filters. Replace.

Leakage in fuel system Inspect. Repair.

Incorrect grade of fuel Refill with correct fuel.

Operator holding hydraulics over relief Return control levers to neutralposition.

Excessive Drag In TurbochargerRotating Members

Bearing seizure or dirty or wornbearings caused by excessivetemperature, unbalanced wheel,dirty oil, oil starvation, or insufficientlubrication

Check for plugged air filters.

4-3-4 020113

PN=204


Continued on next page VD76477,000122C -19-21DEC06-1/5

Electrical SystemSymptom Problem Solution

Nothing Works Battery undercharged or dead See your authorized dealer.

Disconnect switch Check switch knob position.

Start fuse Replace fuse.

Battery cables making poorconnections

Clean cable connections at batteryand starter solenoid.

Power circuit components See your authorized dealer.

Starter Will Not Crank Engine Battery undercharged or dead See your authorized dealer.

Battery cablesmaking poor connection Clean connections at battery, starter,and ground to frame.

Starter relay problem See your authorized dealer.

Starter solenoid problem See your authorized dealer.

Starter motor problem See your authorized dealer.

Starter motor pinion stuck in flywheelgear

Repair starter motor. See yourauthorized dealer.

Key switch See your authorized dealer.

Major engine problem See your authorized dealer.

Engine Cranks Slowly Battery cable connections loose orcorroded

Clean and/or tighten connections.

Batteries undercharged See your authorized dealer.

Starter armature bearings worncausing starter "drag"

Repair or replace starter. See yourauthorized dealer.

Starting Motor Turns, but EngineWill Not Crank

Starter pinion not engaging flywheelring gear

See your authorized dealer.

Starter pinion or flywheel gear teethbroken


Starting Motor Continues to Runafter Engine Starts

Starter solenoid stuck See your authorized dealer.

Starter not disengaging See your authorized dealer.

Starter relay stuck See your authorized dealer.

Key switch problem See your authorized dealer.

Wiring harness shorted See your authorized dealer.

4-3-5 020113

PN=205




Battery Using Too Much Water High ambient temperature Refill with distilled water.

Cracked battery case Replace battery. Install hold-downcorrectly.

Battery being overcharged See your authorized dealer.

Low Battery Output Low water level See Battery Using Too Much Water inthis group.

Dirty or wet battery top, causingdischarge

Clean battery and wipe dry.

Corroded or loose battery cable ends Clean and tighten cable end clamps.Recharge battery. If machine has twobatteries, recharge separately.

Broken or loose battery posts Wiggle posts by hand. If posts areloose or will turn, replace battery. Ifmachine has two batteries, replaceboth batteries.

Loose fan/alternator belt or wornpulleys

Inspect belt or pulley. Adjust orreplace as necessary.

Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor connections at batteries or starter Clean connections.

Low battery charge Recharge or replace batteries.

Starter solenoid "hold-in" windingsopen


Engine Cranks but Does Not Start Key switch problem See your authorized dealer.

Engine circuit electrical problem Check diagnostic trouble codes.

Wiring harness problem See your authorized dealer.

Start Aid Does Not Work Empty or misaligned start aid can A click, not a hiss, is heard whenstart aid button is pushed. Replace oradjust can.

Start aid switch See your authorized dealer.

Start aid solenoid See your authorized dealer.

Noisy Alternator Worn drive belt Inspect and replace.

Pulley misaligned Adjust alternator mount.

Alternator bearing worn Loosen alternator belts. Turn pulleyby hand. If any roughness is felt,repair alternator.

4-3-6 020113

PN=206




Internal alternator See your authorized dealer.

Display Monitor Does Not Work Display monitor fuse Replace fuse.

Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.

Engine Coolant Temperature GaugeAlways Indicates HIGH

Wire harness or bad connection atbulkhead connector


Gauge See your authorized dealer.

Sender See your authorized dealer.


Torque Converter Oil TemperatureGauge Always Indicates HOT

Gauge See your authorized dealer.



Fuel Gauge Does Not Work Fuel gauge problem See your authorized dealer.

Fuel gauge sender problem See your authorized dealer.

Display monitor problem See your authorized dealer.


Engine Oil Pressure IndicatorIndicates Low

Low oil level Stop engine. Check level.

Low oil viscosity Drain and add correct oil.



Engine Air Filter RestrictionIndicator Light Stays On All theTime

Restricted engine air filter Replace filter.

Engine air filter restriction switch See your authorized dealer.

Voltage Indicator Light Remains On Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt. Replace if glazed; tightenif loose.

Engine rpm low Raise engine rpm. If light remains on,see your authorized dealer.

Excessive electrical load from addedaccessories

Remove accessories or install higheroutput alternator.

4-3-7 020113

PN=207




Loose or corroded electricalconnections on battery, ground strap,starter or alternator

Inspect, clean, or tighten electricalconnections.

Alternator excitation diode See your authorized dealer.


Alternator problem See your authorized dealer.

Display monitor problem See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic Oil Filter RestrictionIndicator Light Stays On All theTime

Restricted hydraulic oil filter Replace filter.

Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature IndicatorLight Stays On All the Time



Horn Does Not Sound Horn See your authorized dealer.

Horn fuse See your authorized dealer.

Horn switch See your authorized dealer.


Backup Alarm Does Not Sound Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.

Backup alarm See your authorized dealer.

Front or Rear Wiper Does Not Work Wiper fuse Replace fuse.

Wiper switch problem See your authorized dealer.

Wiper motor problem See your authorized dealer.


Blower Motor Does Not Work Blower motor fuse Replace fuse.

Fan motor switch problem See your authorized dealer.

Fan motor resistor problem See your authorized dealer.


Cab Work Lights Do Not Operate Fuse Replace fuse.

Light switch problem See your authorized dealer.

4-3-8 020113

PN=208


VD76477,000122C -19-21DEC06-5/5

VD76477,000126B -19-21DEC06-1/1


Cab work light relay problem See your authorized dealer.


Driving Lights Do Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.

Driving light switch problem See your authorized dealer.


Dome Light Does Not Work Bulb Replace bulb.

Fuse Replace fuse.

Dome light switch problem See your authorized dealer.


Dim Lights Low battery charge Check battery connections.

Low alternator output Check belt tension.

Poor ground at lights Clean and tighten connections.

Return-to-Dig Does Not Operate Alternator excitation/Return-to-digfuse

Replace fuse.

Boom switch out of adjustment Check cam to see if it activates switch.Adjust as required.


Steering SystemSymptom Problem Solution

Slow or Hard Steering Air in system Check oil level.

Check suction hose clamps.

Steering lines or load sensing "LS"lines damaged (bent)

Check and replace.

Erratic ("Spongy") Steering Air in system Check oil level.

Check suction hose clamps.

No Response When Steering WheelIs Turned

Low or no oil Check reservoir oil level.

4-3-9 020113

PN=209


Continued on next page HG31779,0000023 -19-21DEC06-1/2

Hydraulic SystemSymptom Problem Solution

Reservoir Drains When ChangingHydraulic Filter

Return tube vent hole in reservoir maybe plugged

Remove, inspect and repair.

Vent tube broken off inside reservoir Remove and repair.

No Loader Or Steering Hydraulics Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Pump problem Remove hydraulic filter and inspect. Iffilter contains excessive amounts ofmetal material, see your authorizeddealer.

Obstruction in oil lines or valves Inspect for pinched lines or stuckvalve spools.

Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect and tighten.

Low oil level Check oil levels.

Slow Hydraulic Functions Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Engine rpm too low Increase rpm or check engine speed.(See Check Engine Speed in thismanual.)

Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect and tighten.

Hose or line leakage Inspect and tighten fittings.

Slow Loader And BackhoeHydraulics (Low Pump Output)


Low Hydraulic Power (LowHydraulic Pressure)

Low oil level (no aeration of oil) Add oil to correct level.


Hydraulic Function MakesChattering Noise

Low oil level Add oil to correct level.


Hydraulic Oil Overheats Excessive load Reduce load.

Operator holding hydraulic systemover relief

Return levers to neutral when not inuse.

Oil levels too low in reservoir Check levels and add oil. Userecommended oil.

4-3-10 020113

PN=210


HG31779,0000023 -19-21DEC06-2/2


Using low viscosity oil in hot weather Use recommended oil.

Hydraulic cooling system restricted Clean around radiators and coolers.

Plugged oil cooler Clean oil cooler.

Foaming Oil Oil level too low or too high Check oil level. Adjust to full mark onsight gauge.

Incorrect type of oil Use recommended oil.

Oil maintenance not performed Perform correct maintenance.

Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulic filter bypass valve chattering Replace filter. Inspect, clean, andrepair.

No Response When Steering WheelIs Turned

Low oil level Check reservoir oil level.

Machine Turns In OppositeDirection

Steering cylinder lines not connectedproperly

Connect steering cylinder lines toopposite ports.

4-3-11 020113

PN=211


VD76477,000125F -19-21DEC06-1/1

VD76477,0001260 -19-14NOV06-1/1

TransmissionSymptom Problem Solution

Machine Will Not Move In Forwardor Reverse

Low oil level in transmission Add oil to correct level.

Broken drive shafts Inspect drive shafts and universaljoints for external damage. See yourauthorized dealer.

Transmission Slippage Low oil level Add oil.

Wrong oil grade Change oil.

Machine Lacks Power or MovesSlow

Oil level is low Add oil to correct level.

Wrong oil, aerated oil Change oil.

Brake dragging Check for excessive heat in brakearea of axle housing after operatingmachine. See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil) Add oil or drain.

Wrong oil Change oil.

Transmission Overheats Oil level too high or too low Check oil level and correct.

Incorrect type of oil Drain and replace oil.

Oil cooler air flow restricted Inspect and clean exterior of cooler.See your authorized dealer.

Transmission or coolant oil leak See your authorized dealer.

Fan or shroud damaged See your authorized dealer.

Excessive Power Train Noise Engine low idle too slow See your authorized dealer.

Oil level low Fill to correct oil level.

NOTE: If any other problems are encountered whichrequire special tools or machine knowledge tocorrect, see your authorized dealer.

MFWDSymptom Problem Solution

Excessive Noise Oil level low Fill to correct oil level.

4-3-12 020113

PN=212


VD76477,0001261 -19-06MAY10-1/1

Rear AxleSymptom Problem Solution

No Differential Lock Operation Problem in electrical circuit to solenoid With engine stopped and key switchturn to accessory, activate differentiallock and listen for a click from solenoidvalve.

Do Differential Lock OperationalChecks.

Differential Lock Will Not Release Stuck foot switch Inspect.

Problem in electrical circuit With engine stopped and key switchon, activate differential lock and listenfor a click from solenoid valve.

Poor Service Brakes Air in brake valve or lines or piston Bleed brakes. See Brake BleedingProcedure. (Section 4-1.)

Low oil level Check oil level and fill.

Excessive Noise/Heat Low oil level Check oil level and fill.

Park Brake Will Not Engage Tow release screws turned in See your authorized dealer.

NOTE: If any other problems are encountered whichrequire special tools or machine knowledge tocorrect, see your authorized dealer.

4-3-13 020113

PN=213


Continued on next page VD76477,0001236 -19-21DEC06-1/2

Air ConditioningSymptom Problem Solution

Air Conditioning System Does NotOperate

A/C and heater blower fuse Replace fuse.

Blower motor switch Check switch.

A/C and heater ON/OFF switch Check switch.

A/C and heater relay Check relay.

Air Conditioner Does Not CoolInterior of Cab

Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

Condenser fins restricted with debris Clean condenser fins.

Recirculating air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

Refrigerant hose kinked, pinched orcollapsed

Check hose routing.

Heater or evaporator core finsrestricted with dirt or dust

Clean heater or evaporator core fins.

A/C and heater blower motor failed oroperating too slowly

Check blower motor.

Warm outside air leaking into cab Inspect, repair or replace door andwindow seals.

Heater valve remaining open Inspect, repair, adjust or replaceheater valve or cable.

Air Conditioner Runs Constantly,Too Cold

Freeze control switch, capillary tubenot positioned in evaporator properly

Reposition capillary tube in evaporatorcoil.

Interior Windows Continue to Fog Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

A/C system off Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch toA/C position.


Heater System Does Not Operate A/C and heater blower fuse Replace fuse.

Blower motor switch/Blower motor fanswitch (if equipped)

Check switch.

Heater Does Not Warm Interior ofCab

Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

Recirculating air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

Heater hose kinked, pinched orcollapsed

Re-route or re-index hoses. Replacecollapsed hoses.

Heater coil fins clogged with dirt ordust

Clean heater fins.

4-3-14 020113

PN=214


VD76477,0001236 -19-21DEC06-2/2


A/C and heater blower motor/Heaterblower motor (if equipped) failed oroperating too slowly

Check motor.

Heater valve remaining closed Inspect, repair, adjust or replaceheater valve or cable.

Interior Windows Continue to Fog Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.

A/C system off (if equipped) Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch toA/C position.

4-3-15 020113

PN=215

Miscellaneous—Storage

VD76477,00015C2 -19-06MAR12-1/1

Continued on next page VD76477,00016A3 -19-13JUN11-1/2

Prepare Machine for StorageIMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage, do not use

biodiesel during machine storage. Whenusing biodiesel blends, switch to petroleumdiesel for long term storage.

1. Before storage, operate engine on at least onecomplete tank of petroleum diesel fuel to purge thefuel system. Ensure that the fuel tank is full duringstorage to prevent water build up due to condensation.

NOTE: For blends up to and including B20, it isrecommended that biodiesel be used within threemonths of its manufacture. For blends greaterthan B20, it is recommended that the biodieselbe used within 45 days. The poor oxidationstability characteristic of biodiesel can result inlong-term storage problems. John Deere does notrecommend using biodiesel in engines poweringstandby applications or vehicles operating on aseasonal basis. Consult your John Deere dealer orfuel supplier for additives to improve fuel storageand performance of biodiesel fuels. These additivesmust be added to the biodiesel close to its timeof production for them to be effective.

2. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, ifnecessary, to avoid needless delays later.

IMPORTANT: High pressure washing [greater than1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] can damage freshlypainted finishes. Paint should be allowed toair dry for 30 days minimum after receipt ofmachine before cleaning parts or machinewith high pressure. Use low pressure washoperations until 30 days have elapsed.

3. Wash the machine. [Use low pressure washoperations (less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)until 30 days after receipt of machine.] Paint areas toprevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.

4. Fill fuel tank, to prevent condensation.

5. Ensure tires are properly inflated.

6. Park machine on a hard surface to prevent tires fromfreezing to ground.

IMPORTANT: LPS 3® Rust Inhibitor can destroypainted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3 RustInhibitor on painted surfaces.

7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders if possible. If not, coatexposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.

8. Apply grease at all lubrication fittings.

9. Remove batteries or disconnect terminals frombatteries.

10. Store machine in a dry, protected place.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damagefrom unauthorized persons operating machine.Attach a DONOTOPERATE tag to steeringwheel.

11. Put a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the steering wheel.

12. Close all vent louvers in the cab.

13. Lock all covers and doors.

LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.

Monthly Storage Procedure

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or deathfrom asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumescan cause sickness or death. Start engineONLY in a well-ventilated area.

1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when airtemperature is above freezing.

2. Remove LPS 3® Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods witha cleaning solvent.

T6191A

A—UN—18OCT88

LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works.

4-4-1 020113

PN=216

Miscellaneous—Storage

VD76477,00016A3 -19-13JUN11-2/2

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.During cold temperatures, check fluidity ofengine oil on dipstick. If the oil appears waxyand/or jelly-like rather than liquid, DO NOTattempt to start engine. Use external heat sourceto warm the crankcase until oil appears fluid.

3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and addoil as required.

4. Check belts.

5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.

6. Check battery electrolyte level. Charge and installbattery.

7. For machines with tires, check condition of tires andtire pressure.

For machines with tracks, check condition of tracksand track sag.

On crawler machines with non sealed-and-lubricatedtrack chains, apply oil to the pin-to-bushing joints. Runmachine back and forth several times.

8. Park machine on a hard surface to prevent tracks fromfreezing to ground.

9. Fill fuel tank.

10. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings, if equipped:

a. Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse.

b. Crank engine for 10 seconds.

c. Connect fuel shutoff fuse.

11. Inspect engine compartment, and remove any foreignmaterial that may have accumulated. Start engine and

T6181A

U—UN—18OCT88

run until it reaches operating temperature. Run at 1/2speed for five minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle.

• If engine fails to start or runs poorly after starting,change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel system.

12. Operate all controls, levers, seat adjustments, etc.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Clear thearea of all persons before running machinethrough the operation procedure.

13. Make sure the area is clear to allow for movement.Cycle all hydraulic functions several times. Checkcondition of all hoses and connections.

14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted, ifpossible. Turn key switch to OFF.

15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to exposed cylinder rodareas.

4-4-2 020113

PN=217

Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers

CED,OUO1079,460 -19-13JUL00-1/1

VD76477,0001148 -19-09NOV06-1/1

VD76477,0001149 -19-25OCT06-1/1

Record Product Identification Number (PIN)Purchase Date

Product Identification Number

NOTE: Record all 13 characters of ProductIdentification Number.

A—Product IdentificationNumber Tag

T132526B

—UN—13JU

L00

Record Engine Serial NumberEngine Serial Number

A—Engine Serial Number Tag

TX1014141A

—UN—26OCT06

Record Transmission Serial NumberTransmission Serial Number

A—Transmission SerialNumber Tag

TX1003410A

—UN—07FE

B06

4-5-1 020113

PN=218


VD76477,000125B -19-13NOV06-1/1

VD76477,000124B -19-14DEC06-1/1

DX,SECURE1 -19-18NOV03-1/1

Record Rear Axle Housing Serial NumberRear Axle Housing Serial Number

A—Rear Axle Serial NumberTag

TX1003412A

—UN—07FE

B06

Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive(MFWD) Front Axle Housing SerialNumber—If EquippedMFWD Front Axle Housing Serial Number

A—Mechanical Front WheelDrive (MFWD) Front AxleSerial Number Tag

TX1014904A

—UN—21NOV06

Keep Proof of Ownership1. Maintain in a secure location an up-to-date inventory

of all product and component serial numbers.2. Regularly verify that identification plates have not

been removed. Report any evidence of tampering tolaw enforcement agencies and order duplicate plates.

3. Other steps you can take:- Mark your machine with your own numbering system- Take color photographs from several angles of eachmachine

TS1680

—UN—09DEC03

4-5-2 020113

PN=219


DX,SECURE2 -19-18NOV03-1/1

Keep Machines Secure1. Install vandal-proof devices.2. When machine is in storage:

- Lower equipment to the ground- Set wheels to widest position to make loading moredifficult

- Remove any keys and batteries3. When parking indoors, put large equipment in front of

exits and lock your storage buildings.4. When parking outdoors, store in a well-lighted and

fenced area.5. Make note of suspicious activity and report any thefts

immediately to law enforcement agencies.6. Notify your John Deere dealer of any losses.

TS230—UN—24MAY

89

4-5-3 020113

PN=220

Miscellaneous—Specifications

VD76477,0001150 -19-05FEB08-1/1

MD04263,000014F -19-07MAY09-1/1

Travel SpeedsTravel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L-24rear tires:

Item Measurement Specification

Travel Speeds

1 Forward Speed 5.7 km/hr3.5 mph




1 Reverse Speed 7.2 km/hr4.5 mph

2 Reverse Speed 13.2 km/hr8.2 mph

3 Reverse (310SJ only) Speed 21.1 km/hr13.1 mph

NOTE: Heavily equipped machines and smaller tiresmay result in slower travel speeds.

Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill CapacitiesItem Measurement Specification

Cooling System

Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine Capacity 25 L6.6 gal

Tier 2/Stage II Engine Capacity 21 L5.5 gal


Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 13 L3.5 gal

Torque Converter and TransmissionSystem

Capacity 15 L4.0 gal

Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Capacity 18 L4.8 gal

MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L1.7 gal

MFWD Front Wheel PlanetaryHousing (each)

Capacity 1 L1 qt

Fuel Tank Capacity 155 L41 gal

Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 39 L10.3 gal

4-6-1 020113

PN=221


Continued on next page VD76477,00010D9 -19-13JUL09-1/4

310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions

T115805—UN—11JU

N98


A—Loading Height, TruckLoading Position

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.33 m10 ft 11 in.

Backhoe w/Ext. DipperstickRetracted

Height 3.38 m11 ft 1 in.

Backhoe w/Ext. DipperstickExtended


4-6-2 020113

PN=222




B—Reach from Center ofSwing Pivot

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m17 ft 10 in.


Distance 5.51 m18 ft 1 in.



C—Reach from Center ofRear Axle






D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.34 m14 ft 3 in.


Depth 4.39 m14 ft 5 in.



E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610mm (2 ft) Flat Bottom






F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440mm (8 ft) Flat Bottom






G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Distance 305 mm12 in.

H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°

4-6-3 020113

PN=223




I—Transport Height


J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.09 m23 ft 3 in.

K—Stabilizer Width, Transportwith ROPS

Backhoe Width 2.18 m7 ft 2 in.

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating


M—Overall Width, StabilizerSpread (less loader bucket)


N—Width Over Tires


O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.74 m9 ft 0 in.

P—Front Axle Centerline toBucket Cutting Edge

Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Length 2.03 m6 ft 8 in.


Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 (1.25yd3)

Length 2.18 m7 ft 2 in.

Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Length 2.15 m7 ft 1 in.


Q—Wheelbase

Non-Powered Front Axle Length 2.11 m6 ft 11 in.

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Axle Length 2.14 m7 ft 0 in.

R—Maximum Height to LoaderBucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader BucketHinge Pin


4-6-4 020113

PN=224


VD76477,00010D9 -19-13JUL09-4/4


S—Dump Clearance, LoaderBucket at 45°

Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.69 m8 ft 10 in.



Clearance 2.48 m8 ft 2 in.

Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.59 m8 ft 6 in.


T—Maximum Loader BucketDump Angle

Maximum Loader Bucket DumpAngle

Angle 45°

U—Reach at Full Height, LoaderBucket at 45°

Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 785 mm30.9 in.



Distance 809 mm31.9 in.

Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm32.2 in.


V—Loader Bucket Rollbackat Ground Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at GroundLevel

Angle 40°

W—Dig Below Ground—LoaderBucket Level

Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 160 mm6.3 in.



Depth 147 mm5.8 in.

Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 197 mm7.8 in.


4-6-5 020113

PN=225


MD04263,0000150 -19-07JUL09-1/1

310J Backhoe Loader Specifications

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable, specificationsare in accordance with Standards.


Tier 3/Stage IIIA Engine—JohnDeere 4045H

Net Peak Power @ 2000 rpm Power 84 hp

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.5 L276 in.3

Engine Torque Rise Torque 47%

Maximum Engine Net Torque @1300 rpm

Torque 367 N·m270 lb-ft

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Alternator Rating Amperage 90 amps

Oil Pan Size Capacity 0.20 L/kWTier 2/Stage II Engine—JohnDeere 4045T

Net Peak Power @ 2000 rpm Power 79 hp







Alternator Rating Amperage 90 ampsEngine—John Deere4045D—Naturally Aspirated

Rated Power @ 2000 rpm Power SAE gross 53 kW71 hp







Alternator Rating Amperage 90 amps

4-6-6 020113

PN=226


MD04263,0000151 -19-20FEB09-1/1

VD76477,00010DB -19-09JUL09-1/1

310J Backhoe Loader WeightItem Measurement Specification

Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 6295 kg13 880 lb

Cab Added Weight 263 kg580 lb

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 168 kg370 lb

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 200 kg440 lb

Front Loader Coupler Weight 286 kg630 lb

Backhoe Bucket Coupler Weight 59 kg130 lb

310J BucketsWidth Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lbHeavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)

2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

Width Heaped Capacity WeightBackhoe: mm (in.) m3 (cu ft) kg (lb)Standard duty 457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 118 (260)

610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 136 (300)Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.11 (2.8) 109 (240)

457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 132 (290)610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 154 (340)762 (30) 0.25 (8.8) 172 (380)

4-6-7 020113

PN=227


VD76477,00010DD -19-16OCT06-1/1

VD76477,00010DE -19-16OCT06-1/1

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Standard DipperstickLifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the swingarc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping load. Anglebetween boom and ground is 65 degrees. Machine isequipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standardor extendible dipperstick, and standard equipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improvesside stability, therefore improving lift capacity to theside. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

DIPPERLIFTWITHBOOMAT 65

BOOMLIFT

0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12

3,232 (1466)

3,123 (1417)

3,002 (1362)

2,875 (1304)

2,758 (1251)

2,645 (1200)

2,545 (1154)

2,453 (1113)

2,366 (1073)

2,292 (1040)

2,236 (1014)

2,223 (1008)

4,859 (2204)

4,968 (2253)

4,446 (2017)

4,420 (2005)

7,656 (3473)

SWING PIVOT

TX1015209—19—09JAN07

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard DipperstickBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted)Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the swingarc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping load. Anglebetween boom and ground is 65 degrees. Machine isequipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standardor extendible dipperstick, and standard equipment.


0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12

SWING PIVOT

2,867 (1300)

2,775 (1259)

2,662 (1207)

2,545 (1154)

2,432 (1103)

2,327 (1056)

2,227 (1010)

2,136 (969)

2,058 (933)

1,984 (900)

1,931 (876)

1,914 (868)

4,050 (1837)

4,067 (1845)

4,533 (2056)

4,437 (2013)

6,525(2960)

BOOMLIFT


TX1015210—19—12DEC06

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, RetractedBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

4-6-8 020113

PN=228


VD76477,00010DF -19-16OCT06-1/1

310J Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended)Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the swingarc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping load. Anglebetween boom and ground is 65 degrees. Machine isequipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standardor extendible dipperstick, and standard equipment.


0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12

SWING PIVOT


BOOMLIFT

1,966 (892)

1,936 (878)

1,892 (858)

1,844 (836)

1,792 (813)

1,740 (789)

1,653 (750)

1,697 (770)

1,614 (732)

1,579 (716)

1,557 (706)

1,549 (703)

1,575 (714)

2,723 (1235)

2,723 (1235)

2,858 (1296)

3,176 (1441)

3,919 (1778)

2,841 (1289)

TX1015211—19—09JAN07


4-6-9 020113

PN=229


Continued on next page VD76477,00010E0 -19-09JUL09-1/5

310SJ Dimensions

T115805—UN—11JU

N98

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Whenever applicable, specificationsare in accordance with SAE Standards. Unlessotherwise noted, these specifications are basedon a standard machine with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4

rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR, F3 front tires; 0.86m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket; 610 mm (24 in.)backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS; full fuel tankand 79 kg (175 lb) operator.


A—Loading Height, TruckLoading Position


4-6-10 020113

PN=230








B—Reach from Center ofSwing Pivot






C—Reach from Center ofRear Axle






D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.42 m14 ft 6 in.





E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610mm (2 ft) Flat Bottom






F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440mm (8 ft) Flat Bottom






G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Ground Clearance Minimum Clearance 330 mm13 in.

4-6-11 020113

PN=231




H—Bucket Rotation

Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°I—Transport Height




J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.16 m23 ft 6 in.

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport


L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating


M—Overall Width, StabilizerSpread (less loader bucket)


N—Width Over Tires


O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.79 m9 ft 2 in.

P—Front Axle Centerline toBucket Cutting Edge




Length 2.18 m7 ft 2 in.




Q—Wheelbase

Non-Powered Front Axle Length 2.11 m6 ft 11 in.

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Length 2.14 m7 ft 0 in.

4-6-12 020113

PN=232




R—Maximum Height to LoaderBucket Hinge Pin

Maximum Height to Loader BucketHinge Pin


S—Dump Clearance, LoaderBucket at 45°




Clearance 2.48 m8 ft 2 in.




T—Maximum Loader BucketDump Angle

Maximum Loader Bucket DumpAngle

Angle 45°

U—Reach at Full Height, LoaderBucket at 45°




Distance 911 mm35.9 in.




V—Loader Bucket Rollbackat Ground Level

Loader Bucket Rollback at GroundLevel

Angle 40°

W—Dig Below Ground—LoaderBucket Level



4-6-13 020113

PN=233


VD76477,00010E0 -19-09JUL09-5/5

MD04263,0000153 -19-20FEB09-1/1



Depth 147 mm5.8 in.




310SJ Backhoe Loader WeightItem Measurement Specification

Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 6580 kg14 510 lb

Cab Added Weight 263 kg580 lb

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 220 kg485 lb

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 222 kg490 lb

Front Loader Coupler Weight 286 kg630 lb

Backhoe Bucket Coupler Weight 63 kg138 lb

4-6-14 020113

PN=234


VD76477,00010E3 -19-13JUL09-1/1

VD76477,00010E4 -19-16OCT06-1/1

310SJ BucketsWidth Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm In. m3 Cu Yd kg lbHeavy duty long lip 2180 86 0.86 1.12 426 940

2340 92 1.00 1.30 476 1050Multipurpose 2180 86 0.76 1.00 725 1600

2340 92 0.96 1.25 762 1680

Width Heaped Capacity WeightBackhoe: mm In. m3 Cu Ft kg lbStandard duty 610 24 0.21 7.5 159 350Heavy duty with lift loops 305 12 0.09 3.3 117 258

457 18 0.14 5.1 151 334610 24 0.21 7.5 180 396610 24 0.25 8.8 216 476762 30 0.28 10.0 202 444914 36 0.35 12.5 231 510

Severe duty 457 18 0.14 5.1 164 362610 24 0.21 7.5 192 424610 24 0.25 8.8 206 455762 30 0.28 10.0 215 475

Ditch cleaning 914 36 0.35 12.5 231 510

310SJ Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Standard DipperstickLifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the swingarc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping load. Anglebetween boom and ground is 65 degrees. Machine isequipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standardor extendible dipperstick, and standard equipment.


SWING PIVOT

AT

DIPPERLIFTWITHBOOM

65

BOOMLIFT

0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12

3,745 (1699)

3,658 (1659)

3,537 (1604)

3,406 (1545)

3,276 (1486)

3,154 (1431)

3,045 (1381)

2,945 (1336)

2,854 (1295)

2,780 (1261)

2,723 (1235)

2,732 (1239)

5,585 (2533)

6,609 (2998)

5,785 (2624)

5,664 (2569)

11,389 (5166)

TX1015212—19—12DEC06

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard DipperstickBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

4-6-15 020113

PN=235


VD76477,00010E5 -19-16OCT06-1/1

VD76477,00010E6 -19-16OCT06-1/1

310SJ Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted)

SWING PIVOT

0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12

3,119 (1415)

3,119 (1415)

3,049 (1383)

2,958 (1342)

2,862 (1298)

2,771 (1257)

2,684 (1217)

2,606 (1182)

2,536 (1150)

2,484 (1127)

2,462 (1117)

2,514 (1140)

4,981(2259)

5,078 (2303)

5,712 (2591)

4,384 (1989)

8,334(3780)

BOOMLIFT


3,306 (1500)

TX1015213—19—12DEC06


310SJ Backhoe Loader LiftingCapacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended)

0 4 8 12 16 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FEET

METERS

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

2

3

4

16

12

8

4

0

4

8

12


BOOMLIFT

2,184 (991)

2,197 (997)

2,188 (992)

2,158 (979)

2,127 (965)

2,092 (949)

2,023 (918)

2,053 (931)

1,997 (906)

1,975 (896)

1,971 (894)

1,988 (902)

2,058 (933)

2,945 (1335)

3,155 (1431)

3,373 (1530)

3,691 (1674)

4,390 (1991)

2,674 (1213)

TX1015214—19—12DEC06


4-6-16 020113

PN=236

Index

Page

A

Accessory outlets, 12-volt........................................ 2-1-21AccumulatorRide control, checking.......................................... 4-1-18

AcidBattery, check electrolyte level............................... 3-7-2

AdjustmentEngine valve clearance........................................ 3-10-1

AirCleaner elements clean ...............................3-3-7, 3-3-8

Air cleaner, engineElements, replace ........................................3-9-3, 3-9-4Intake hose ............................................................ 3-8-1

Air conditioning........................................................ 4-3-14Controls....................................................2-1-13, 2-1-17Receiver-dryer ....................................................... 4-1-3

AlternatorIndicator ................................................................. 2-1-3Precaution.............................................................. 4-1-5

Anti-theft security systemConfiguration.......................................................... 2-1-4Operation ............................................................... 2-1-6

AttachmentsAdding safely ......................................................... 1-3-4Operating safely..................................................... 1-3-4

AxleFront, non-poweredLubricate oscillating pivot and steeringpivots ....................................................3-4-9, 3-4-10Lubricate wheel bearings ................................... 3-3-9

MFWDChange oil, housing.......................................... 3-10-2Change oil, planetary ....................................... 3-10-2Check oil, housing.............................................. 3-7-1Check oil, planetary............................................ 3-7-1Lubricate drive shaft splines............................... 3-3-8Lubricate oscillating pivot and universal joints ... 3-4-9Operating.......................................................... 2-2-24Troubleshooting................................................ 4-3-12

RearOil change ........................................................ 3-10-3Operating differential lock................................. 2-2-24Troubleshooting................................................ 4-3-13

AxlesOil specification.................................................... 3-1-11

B

BackhoeAdjustmentBoom lock........................................................... 4-1-2Boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque.................... 3-8-1

Auxiliary hydraulic functionAdjusting flow control valve .............................. 2-2-18

Auxiliary hydraulic functionsOperation.......................................................... 2-2-19

Page

Auxiliary hydraulic selective flowOperation.......................................................... 2-2-18

Bucket teeth installation ....................................... 4-1-27CounterweightsFrame............................................................... 4-1-16Liquid, in front tires ........................................... 4-1-17

LubricatePivots and cylinders .................................3-4-7, 3-4-8Stabilizers........................................................... 3-4-6

OperatingAuxiliary hydraulic functions ............................. 2-2-19Auxiliary hydraulic selective flow...................... 2-2-18Boom lock......................................................... 2-2-10ISO excavator two-lever controls ..................... 2-2-13John Deere two-lever controls.......................... 2-2-12Stabilizers........................................................... 2-2-9Swing lock ........................................................ 2-2-11Swing lock pin .................................................. 2-2-11

StabilizersLubrication.......................................................... 3-4-6Reversing feet .................................................. 4-1-16

Backhoe couplerGrease .......................................................3-4-10, 3-5-1Lubricate ....................................................3-4-10, 3-5-1Safety signs ........................................................... 1-5-3

Backhoe LoaderWeight310J.................................................................... 4-6-7310SJ ............................................................... 4-6-14

Backover accidentsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-3-3

BallastCounterweights, front of frame............................. 4-1-16Liquid, in front tires............................................... 4-1-17

BatteriesBoost starting......................................................... 4-1-6Using battery charger............................................. 4-1-6

BatteryAcidBurns from battery acid ...................................... 3-7-2

Electrolyte level check ........................................... 3-7-2Explosion ............................................................... 3-7-2Handling, checking, servicing ................................ 4-1-7Rating..................................................................... 4-1-8Removal................................................................. 4-1-9Replacement.......................................................... 4-1-8Terminals................................................................ 3-7-2

Bearings, front wheel................................................. 3-9-1Belt inspection ........................................................... 3-9-5Bleed fuel system .................................................... 4-1-21Bleediing procedureBrakes.................................................................. 4-1-22

Bolt and screw torque valuesMetric ................................................................... 4-1-30Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-29

BoomLowering .............................................................. 4-1-20


Index-1 020113

PN=1

Index

Page

Boom lockBackhoe................................................................. 4-1-2

BrakePark brakeCheck ............................................................... 4-1-20

Service brakeInspection, external ............................................ 4-1-1

BrakesBleediing procedure............................................. 4-1-22

Break-inEngine.................................................................... 3-6-1

Break-In engine oil..................................................... 3-1-6Breather, fuelReplace.................................................................. 3-9-6

Breather, hydraulic reservoir...................................... 3-9-2BucketBackhoeInstalling teeth .................................................. 4-1-27

Front loaderChanging buckets............................................. 4-1-15

Bucket specification310J ....................................................................... 4-6-7310SJ................................................................... 4-6-15

Bulb replacement, halogen lights ............................ 4-1-13

C

Cab air filters ...................................................3-3-4, 3-9-4CapacitiesDrain and refill........................................................ 4-6-1

Checklist .................................................................... 3-2-7CodesStandard display monitor ....................................... 2-1-9

Cold weatherMachine warm-up .................................................. 2-2-6Starting................................................................... 2-2-4

ControlsBackhoe, ISO excavator two-leverOperation.......................................................... 2-2-13

Backhoe, John Deere two-leverOperation.......................................................... 2-2-12

Steering consoleLocations.......................................................... 2-1-14

Steering wheel tilt lever........................................ 2-1-20CoolantAdd coolant extender ........................................... 3-3-10Additional information .......................................... 3-1-15Check.........................................................3-3-10, 3-9-8Diesel engine ....................................................... 3-1-12Drain ........................................................ 3-11-1, 3-11-2Heater .................................................................... 2-2-5Hoses..................................................................... 4-1-4John Deere Cool-Gard II Coolant Extender ......... 3-1-13Level ...................................................................... 3-4-3Sample................................................................... 3-8-6Supplemental additives........................................ 3-1-14Test ...................................................................... 3-3-10Testing.................................................................. 3-1-16Warm temperature climates................................. 3-1-14

Page

Cooling systemCheck..................................................................... 3-4-3Draining.................................................... 3-11-1, 3-11-2Filling........................................................ 3-11-3, 3-11-4Service safely......................................................... 1-4-1

COOLSCAN PLUS test kit....................................... 3-3-10CounterweightsFrame................................................................... 4-1-16Liquid, in front tires............................................... 4-1-17

Coupler, backhoeGrease .......................................................3-4-10, 3-5-1Lubricate ....................................................3-4-10, 3-5-1Operating ............................................................. 2-2-21

Coupler, loaderGrease ................................................................... 3-4-9

Coupler, LoaderOperating ............................................................. 2-2-22

Cruise control ............................................................ 2-2-9Cylinder service ....................................................... 4-1-27

D

DecalsSafety..................................................................... 1-5-1

Defroster controls ........................................2-1-13, 2-1-17Diagnose malfunctionsTroubleshooting procedure .................................... 4-3-1

Diagnostic trouble codes ........................................... 2-1-9Messages, standard display monitor (SDM) .......... 2-1-8

Diesel fuel........................................................3-1-1, 3-1-3Sample................................................................... 3-8-6

Diesel fuel, testingTesting Diesel Fuel................................................. 3-1-4

Differential lock ........................................................ 2-2-24Dipperstick, extendibleLockOperation.......................................................... 2-2-17

Drain engine coolant.................................... 3-11-1, 3-11-2Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine CoolantDiesel Engine Coolant, Drain Intervals ................ 3-1-13

DrivingSteering wheel tilt lever........................................ 2-1-20

Driving the machine................................................... 2-2-7

E

Effect of Cold Weather on Diesel EnginesDiesel Engines, Cold Weather Effect..................... 3-1-5

ElectricalAccessory outlets, 12-volt .................................... 2-1-21Troubleshooting ..................................................... 4-3-5

ElementPrimaryCleaning and inspecting ..................................... 4-1-3

SecondaryInspecting and cleaning...................................... 4-1-3

Emissions control warranty statement............................ -3Enable/disable switchPilot control .......................................................... 2-1-15


Index-2 020113

PN=2

Index

Page

EngineAir filter restriction indicator.................................... 2-1-3Alternator voltage indicator .................................... 2-1-3Break-in........................................................2-2-3, 3-6-1Coolant heater ....................................................... 2-2-5Coolant temperature gauge ................................... 2-1-3Crankcase vent tube.............................................. 3-8-6Filter service intervalsTier 2/Stage II ..................................................... 3-1-8Tier 3/Stage III A .............................................. 3-1-10

Hood, opening and closing .................................... 3-2-5Identification........................................................... 3-2-2Oil change.............................................................. 3-8-3Oil check ................................................................ 3-4-2Oil filter................................................................... 3-8-3Oil pressure indicator ............................................. 2-1-3Oil specificationBreak-In.............................................................. 3-1-6Tier 2 and Stage II .............................................. 3-1-7Tier 3 and Stage III A ......................................... 3-1-9

Serial number......................................................... 4-5-1Starting................................................................... 2-2-3Troubleshooting ..................................................... 4-3-2Valve clearance adjust ......................................... 3-10-1

Engine speedControl knob......................................................... 2-1-16

Engine speed control knob............................2-1-16, 2-2-9Extendible dipperstickLock operation ..................................................... 2-2-17Operating ............................................................. 2-2-16

Extendible dipperstick w/ attachmentsOperating ............................................................. 2-2-17

F

Feet, stabilizerReversing............................................................. 4-1-16

FilterCab airClean and replace elements.....................3-3-4, 3-9-4

Engine air cleanerReplace elements.....................................3-9-3, 3-9-4

Engine oilReplace element ................................................ 3-8-3

FuelReplace element ......................................3-8-4, 3-8-5

HydraulicReplace element ................................................ 3-9-6

Filter service intervalsTier 2/Stage II ........................................................ 3-1-8Tier 3/Stage III A .................................................. 3-1-10

Fires, prevent............................................................. 1-2-4Fluid analysis test kit ................................................. 3-2-6Fluid sampleTaking samples .................................................... 4-1-14

Front loaderBoom service lockInspect.............................................................. 4-1-30Operate .............................................................. 3-2-5

Page

Changing buckets ................................................ 4-1-15Lubrication ...................................................3-4-5, 3-4-6Operating ............................................................. 2-2-23Ride controlChecking accumulator...................................... 4-1-18Discharge pressure for service......................... 4-1-19

Front wheel driveOil specification.................................................... 3-1-11

FuelDiesel ...........................................................3-1-1, 3-1-3FilterReplace element ......................................3-8-4, 3-8-5

Handling and storing.............................................. 3-1-2Level gauge ........................................................... 2-1-3Lubricity.................................................................. 3-1-1TankCapacity ............................................................. 3-2-5Drain water and sediment .................................. 3-8-2

Fuel breatherReplace.................................................................. 3-9-6

Fuel filterAuxliary water separator ........................................ 3-8-5

Fuel FilterAuxiliary water separator ....................................... 3-3-6

Fuel system, bleed .................................................. 4-1-21FusesLocation ................................................................. 4-1-9

G

GaugeEngine coolant temperature................................... 2-1-3Fuel level................................................................ 2-1-3Transmission and torque converter oiltemperature.......................................................... 2-1-3

GreaseAlternative and synthetic lubricants ....................... 3-1-6AxleMFWD drive shaft splines .................................. 3-3-8MFWD oscillating pivot and universal joints ....... 3-4-9Non-powered front wheel bearings .................... 3-3-9

Axle, non-powered frontOscillating pivot and steeringpivots ....................................................3-4-9, 3-4-10

BackhoePivots and cylinders .................................3-4-7, 3-4-8Stabilizers and cylinders..................................... 3-4-6

Coupler, loader....................................................... 3-4-9Extreme pressure and multipurpose.................... 3-1-12Front loaderPivots.................................................................. 3-4-5Pivots, bucket ..................................................... 3-4-6

Ground speeds.......................................................... 4-6-1

H

Hand trottle .............................................................. 2-1-16HandholdsUse correctly .......................................................... 1-3-1


Index-3 020113

PN=3

Index

Page

Hardware torque valuesMetric ................................................................... 4-1-30Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-29

HazardsWork Site ............................................................... 1-3-2

Heater controls ............................................2-1-13, 2-1-17High-pressure oilsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-2-3

Hood, opening and closing........................................ 3-2-5Horn button..................................................2-1-12, 2-1-16HoseCrankcase ventilation............................................. 3-8-6Engine air intake .................................................... 3-8-1Radiator upper and lower....................................... 4-1-4

Hour meter................................................................. 3-2-1HydraulicBackhoe auxiliary functionFlow control valve adjustment .......................... 2-2-18

Backhoe auxiliary functionsOperation.......................................................... 2-2-19

Backhoe auxiliary selective flowOperation.......................................................... 2-2-18

OilChange............................................................. 3-10-1Filter, replace element ........................................ 3-9-6

Oil filter restriction indicator.................................... 2-1-3Oil specification.................................................... 3-1-11ReservoirBreather, replace................................................ 3-9-2Fill screen, inspect and clean........................... 3-10-4Oil level check .................................................... 3-4-1

Troubleshooting ................................................... 4-3-10Hydraulic oil ............................................................. 3-1-11Hydraulic pressurePilot control system.............................................. 4-1-19

I

IndicatorEngine air filter restriction ...................................... 2-1-3Engine alternator voltage....................................... 2-1-3Engine oil pressure ................................................ 2-1-3Hydraulic oil filter restriction ................................... 2-1-3Park brake.............................................................. 2-1-3Ride control.......................................................... 2-1-12Seat belt................................................................. 2-1-3Stop........................................................................ 2-1-3Water in fuel (WIF)............................................... 2-1-14

InjectionNozzle .................................................................... 4-1-5Pump...................................................................... 4-1-5

Inspection, pre-start................................................... 2-2-1InstrumentCheck before starting............................................. 2-2-2

J

JDLink........................................................................ 4-1-9

Page

JDLink in-line fuseUnswitched power.................................................. 4-1-9

Job timerStandard display monitor ..................................... 2-1-11

L

LeverSteering wheel tilt................................................. 2-1-20

Levers and pedals ..................................................... 2-1-1Lifting....................................................................... 2-2-25Lifting capacities310JExtendible dipperstick ..............................4-6-8, 4-6-9Standard dipperstick........................................... 4-6-8

310SJExtendible dipperstick ...................................... 4-6-16Standard dipperstick......................................... 4-6-15

Lights ....................................................................... 2-1-14LoaderBoom service lockInspect.............................................................. 4-1-30Operate .............................................................. 3-2-5

Changing buckets ................................................ 4-1-15Lubrication ...................................................3-4-5, 3-4-6Operating ............................................................. 2-2-23Ride controlChecking accumulator...................................... 4-1-18Discharge pressure for service......................... 4-1-19

Loader backhoeOperating ............................................................. 2-2-21

Loader couplerOperating ............................................................. 2-2-22

Lowering boomWithout electrical power....................................... 4-1-20

LubricantsAlternative and synthetic lubricants ....................... 3-1-6

LubricateAxleMFWD drive shaft splines .................................. 3-3-8MFWD oscillating pivot and universal joints ....... 3-4-9Non-powered front wheel bearings .................... 3-3-9

Axle, non-powered frontOscillating pivot and steeringpivots ....................................................3-4-9, 3-4-10

BackhoePivots and cylinders .................................3-4-7, 3-4-8Stabilizers and cylinders..................................... 3-4-6

Coupler, loader....................................................... 3-4-9Front loaderPivots.................................................................. 3-4-5Pivots, bucket ..................................................... 3-4-6

Lubricity of diesel fuel ................................................ 3-1-1

M

MachineMaintenance, preparation for ................................. 3-2-1


Index-4 020113

PN=4

Index

Page

Warm-upCold weather ...................................................... 2-2-6Normal conditions............................................... 2-2-5

Machine modificationsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-2-2

Machine movementUnintendedPrevent .....................................................1-3-1, 1-3-2

Machine tipoverAvoid ...................................................................... 1-3-3

Machine, inspect........................................................ 1-2-2Main menuStandard display monitor ....................................... 2-1-8

MaintenanceChart ...................................................................... 3-2-1Preparation for ....................................................... 3-2-1Record ................................................................... 3-2-7

Mechanical front wheel driveOil specification.................................................... 3-1-11

Metric bolt and screw torque values ........................ 4-1-30MFWDLubricateChange axle housing oil ................................... 3-10-2Change planetary housing oil........................... 3-10-2Check axle housing oil level ............................... 3-7-1Check planetary housing oil level....................... 3-7-1Drive shaft splines .............................................. 3-3-8Oscillating pivot and universal joints .................. 3-4-9

Operation ............................................................. 2-2-24Troubleshooting ................................................... 4-3-12

MFWD front axle housingSerial number......................................................... 4-5-2

MonitorCodes..................................................................... 2-1-9Engine air filter restriction indicator........................ 2-1-3Engine alternator voltage indicator ........................ 2-1-3Engine coolant temperature gauge........................ 2-1-3Engine oil pressure indicator.................................. 2-1-3Fuel level gauge..................................................... 2-1-3Hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator .................... 2-1-3Job timer .............................................................. 2-1-11machine settings.................................................. 2-1-11Main menu ............................................................. 2-1-8Normal display ....................................................... 2-1-7Seat belt/park brake indicator ................................ 2-1-3Standard display .................................................... 2-1-2Stop indicator ......................................................... 2-1-3Transmission and torque converter oiltemperature gauge............................................... 2-1-3

Monitor functions ....................................................... 2-1-3Monitor options........................................................ 2-1-10Motor service ........................................................... 4-1-27

N

Normal displayStandard display monitor ....................................... 2-1-7

Page

O

OilAlternative and synthetic lubricants ....................... 3-1-6Axle sample ........................................................... 3-8-6ChangeEngine ................................................................ 3-8-3Hydraulic reservoir ........................................... 3-10-1MFWD front axle housing................................. 3-10-2MFWD planetary housing................................. 3-10-2Planetary housing............................................. 3-10-3Rear axle housing ............................................ 3-10-3Transmission ...................................................... 3-9-7

Engine sample ....................................................... 3-7-4Hydraulic sample ................................................... 3-8-6LevelEngine ................................................................ 3-4-2Hydraulic reservoir ............................................. 3-4-1MFWD housing................................................... 3-7-1MFWD planetary housing................................... 3-7-1Transmission ...................................................... 3-5-1

Level, rear axle ...................................................... 3-7-4SpecificationAxles................................................................. 3-1-11Hydraulic system.............................................. 3-1-11Mechanical front wheel drive............................ 3-1-11Transmission .................................................... 3-1-11

Transmission sample ............................................. 3-8-6Oil, engineTier 2 and Stage II ................................................. 3-1-7Tier 3 and Stage III A ............................................. 3-1-9

OperatingUse special care .................................................... 1-3-4

Operating backhoe coupler ..................................... 2-2-21Operating loader coupler ......................................... 2-2-22Operating tipsLifting ................................................................... 2-2-25

Operation qualification............................................... 1-2-1Operational checkout procedures.............................. 4-2-1Operator convenience features ................................. 1-1-1

P

Park brakeCheck operation of............................................... 4-1-20Indicator ................................................................. 2-1-3Switch .................................................................. 2-1-12

Park brake switch ............................................1-3-1, 1-3-2ParkingMachine ............................................................... 2-2-25

Parts, movingStay clear ............................................................... 1-2-2

Pattern select switch................................................ 2-1-15PedalSixth-function ....................................................... 2-2-19

Pedals and levers ...................................................... 2-1-1Pilot controls .......................................................... 2-1-1

Periodic maintenance chart ....................................... 3-2-1


Index-5 020113

PN=5

Index

Page

Pilot control enable/disable switch........................... 2-1-15Pilot control systemDischarge hydraulic pressure .............................. 4-1-19

Pilot control wrist restAdjusting .............................................................. 4-1-25

Pilot controls .............................................................. 2-1-1Adjusting wrist rest............................................... 4-1-25

Pins, metalDrive safely ............................................................ 1-4-2

Planetary housingOil change............................................................ 3-10-3

Pre-start inspection.................................................... 2-2-1PumpService of pumps ................................................. 4-1-27

R

Rear axle housingSerial number......................................................... 4-5-2

Receiver-dryerCheck sight glasses............................................... 4-1-3

RecognizeSafety, information ................................................. 1-2-1

Regulator precaution ................................................. 4-1-5RelaysLocation ................................................................. 4-1-9

Required parts ........................................................... 3-2-9Ride controlChecking accumulator ......................................... 4-1-18Discharge pressure for service ............................ 4-1-19Operation ............................................................... 2-2-6Switch and indicator............................................. 2-1-12

RidersKeep off machine ................................................... 1-3-3

Right side consoleFunctions ............................................................. 2-1-12

RoadsOperating or traveling ............................................ 1-3-4

ROPSInspect ................................................................... 1-3-5Keep properly installed ........................................ 4-1-28Maintain ................................................................. 1-3-5

S

SafetyClean debris from machine.................................... 1-2-6Operator's seat ...................................................... 1-3-1Park and prepare for service safely ....................... 1-4-1Protective equipment ............................................. 1-2-2

Safety features .......................................................... 1-1-1Safety signs............................................................... 1-5-1Backhoe coupler .................................................... 1-5-3

Safety, Avoid High-Pressure FluidsAvoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................... 1-2-3

Safety, informationRecognize.............................................................. 1-2-1

Sample test portsFluid sample......................................................... 4-1-14

Page

Screen, hydraulic reservoir fillInspect and clean................................................. 3-10-4

SeatAir suspensionControls ............................................................ 2-1-19Switch, height adjustment ................................ 2-1-13

Mechanical suspensionControls ............................................................ 2-1-19

Seat beltIndicator ................................................................. 2-1-3Use and maintain ................................................... 1-3-1

Secondary and primary elementCleaning................................................................. 4-1-3

Secondary exits ....................................................... 2-1-18Security system, anti-theftconfiguration .......................................................... 2-1-4operation................................................................ 2-1-6

Serial numberEngine.................................................................... 4-5-1Machine ................................................................. 4-5-1MFWD front axle housing ...................................... 4-5-2Rear axle housing.................................................. 4-5-2Transmission.......................................................... 4-5-1

ServiceControl valves, cylinders, pumps, and motors ..... 4-1-27Ride control, discharge pressure ......................... 4-1-19

Service brakeInspection............................................................... 4-1-1

Service interval checklist ........................................... 3-2-7Service record ........................................................... 3-2-7SettingsStandard display monitor ..................................... 2-1-11

Sixth-function pedal ................................................. 2-2-19Specification310SJ................................................................... 4-6-10Backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque......... 3-8-1Hardware torque .................................................. 4-1-28OilAxle .................................................................. 3-1-11Hydraulic .......................................................... 3-1-11Mechanical front wheel drive............................ 3-1-11Transmission .................................................... 3-1-11

Oil, differential ...................................................... 3-1-11Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump .......... 3-1-11Oil, park brake...................................................... 3-1-11Wheel fastener torque............................................ 3-3-4

Specifications310J .................................................. 4-6-2, 4-6-6, 4-6-9310SJ.......................................................4-6-15, 4-6-16

Speed ........................................................................ 4-6-1StabilizersLubricate ................................................................ 3-4-6Operating ............................................................... 2-2-9Reversing feet...................................................... 4-1-16

Stage IIIdentification........................................................... 3-2-2

Standard Display Function ........................................ 2-1-3Standard display monitor...................2-1-2, 2-1-10, 2-1-11


Index-6 020113

PN=6

Index

Page

Main menuSettings ............................................................ 2-1-11

Settings................................................................ 2-1-11Standard display monitor (SDM)Diagnostic trouble codes popup messages ........... 2-1-8

Starting fluid, cold weather start ................................ 2-2-4Starting system check ............................................. 4-1-14Starting the engine .................................................... 2-2-3SteeringToe-in, check and adjust ...................................... 4-1-26

Steering system......................................................... 4-3-9StepsUse correctly .......................................................... 1-3-1

Stop indicator............................................................. 2-1-3StorageMachine ................................................................. 4-4-1Monthly .................................................................. 4-4-1

Storing fuel ................................................................ 3-1-2Swing Lock PinOperating ............................................................. 2-2-11

SwitchAir suspension seat height adjustment ................ 2-1-13Defroster, heater, and air condi-tioner ......................................................2-1-13, 2-1-17Differential lock switch ......................................... 2-2-24Locations, steering console ................................. 2-1-14Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)................. 2-2-24Park brake............................................................ 2-1-12Ride control.......................................................... 2-1-12Turn signal ........................................................... 2-1-14Warning lights ...................................................... 2-1-14Work and drive lights ........................................... 2-1-14

Switch functions....................................................... 2-1-12

T

Teeth, backhoe bucket............................................. 4-1-27TirePressure................................................................. 3-3-2Pressure check ...................................................... 3-3-1

Toe-inCheck and adjust ................................................. 4-1-26

ToolboxRemoval................................................................. 4-1-9

Torque chartsMetric ................................................................... 4-1-30Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-29

Torque converterOil temperature gauge ........................................... 2-1-3

Towing ..................................................................... 2-2-27TransmissioinOil temperature gauge ........................................... 2-1-3

TransmissionOil change.............................................................. 3-9-7

Page

Oil level .................................................................. 3-5-1Oil specification.................................................... 3-1-11Serial number......................................................... 4-5-1Troubleshooting ................................................... 4-3-12

TransportingOn a trailer ........................................................... 2-2-26Towing.................................................................. 2-2-27

Travel speeds ............................................................ 4-6-1TravelingOn public roads...................................................... 1-3-4

TroubleshootingElectrical system.................................................... 4-3-5

Troubleshooting procedure........................................ 4-3-1

U

Unified inch bolt and screw torque values ............... 4-1-29

V

ValveBackhoe auxiliary hydraulic function flow control.. 2-2-18Hydraulic control valve service ............................ 4-1-27

Vent tube, engine ...................................................... 3-8-6

W

Warm-upMachine, cold weather ........................................... 2-2-6Machine, normal conditions ................................... 2-2-5

Warranty statementEmissions control........................................................ -3

Water separatorAuxiliary, fuel filter ........................................3-3-6, 3-8-5Drain ............................................................3-3-6, 3-4-4

WeightBackhoe Loader310J.................................................................... 4-6-7310SJ ............................................................... 4-6-14

Welding repairsMake safely............................................................ 1-4-2

Wheel bearings, front ................................................ 3-9-1Wheel fasteners......................................................... 3-3-4WindowsRear ..................................................................... 2-1-18Side, secondary exits........................................... 2-1-18

Work site hazardsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-3-2

Wrist restAdjusting .............................................................. 4-1-25

Index-7 020113

PN=7

Index

Index-8 020113

PN=8

Documents

Backhoe Loader310J and 310SJEngines 4045DT060, 4045HT054 …moffatpipe.com/Equipment-Manuals/BH 04 - JD310SJ/BH 04... · 2015-03-11 · BackhoeLoader 310Jand310SJ Engines4045DT060,